common work results for hvac part 1 -general 1.1...

171
PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Information and instructions common to the project. 2. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. 2. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. 2. 100051538 EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 230500-1 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Upload: others

Post on 10-Mar-2020

6 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 1 - GENERAL

SECTION 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Information and instructions common to the project. 2. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.

B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.

C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases.

E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.

F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:

1. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. 2. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:

1. 2.

100051538

EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.

230500-1 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 2: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Transition fittings. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Escutcheons.

B. Welding certificates.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS 01 .1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."

B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding

processes involved and that certification is current.

C. Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.

D. Manufacturers: Companies specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

E. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five years documented experience, certified by manufacturer to supply, install and service equipment, and holding a current, valid Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Contractor license, issued by the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation. Work under this division shall be performed or directly supervised by person(s) holding a current, valid Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Technician license, issued by the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.

B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230500-2 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 3: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for HVAC installations.

B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in­place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.

1.8 RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR

A. This contractor is responsible for all HVAC work associated with this project.

B. This project involves the following HVAC work:

1. Installing one heating and ventilating air handling unit otherwise known as HV-1.

2. Installing one split air conditioning system.

C. The work involved with installing the split system includes but is not necessarily limited to:

1. Coordinate all work with the work of other trades.

2. Install concrete housekeeping pads projecting a minimum of 4" above grade or finished floor for the air handling unit and condensing unit. The concrete pad shall have dimensions that are at a minimum 12" greater than the outside dimensions of the equipment. Set the equipment so that a minimum of 6" of pad is visible outside the equipment with the equipment set on the pad.

3. Install hurricane straps or anchors on condensing units and air handling unit.

4. Set split system air handling units in the mechanical room.

5. Install thermostats.

6. Install and charge refrigerant piping between the split system condensing units and the air handling units.

7. Install and insulate ductwork

8. Balance air systems.

D. The work involved with installing the heating and ventilation system includes but is not necessarily limited to:

1. Coordinate work with the work of other trades.

2.

100051538

Install concrete housekeeping pads projecting a minimum of 4" above grade for the air handling unit. The concrete pad shall have dimensions that are at a minimum 12" greater than the outside dimensions of the equipment. Set the

230500-3 COMMON WORK RESULTS 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

FOR HVAC 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 4: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

equipment so that a minimum of 6" of pad is visible outside the equipment with the equipment set on the pad.

3. Install hurricane straps or anchors on air handling unit.

4. Install backdraft damper and relief louver in the ozone room.

5. Install thermostats.

6. Install and insulate ductwork

7. Balance air systems.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified.

2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS

A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods.

B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1 .20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems.

B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.

C. Install piping to permit valve servicing.

D. Install piping at indicated slopes.

100051538 230500-4 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 5: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

E. Install piping free of sags and bends.

F. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

G. Install piping to allow application of insulation.

H. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

I. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

J. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements.

3.2 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems.

B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

D. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWSA5.8.

E. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1 .20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:

1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified.

2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

F. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.

G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.

3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS

A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230500-5 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 6: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment.

2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment.

3. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

3.4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.

C. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

230500-6 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 7: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

SECTION 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general­purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following:

1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS

A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 104 deg F and at altitude of 3300 feet above sea level.

B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230513-1 COMMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 8: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor.

2.3 POL YPHASE MOTORS

A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor.

B. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1.

C. Service Factor: 1.15.

D. Multispeed Motors: Separate winding for each speed.

E. Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage.

F. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading.

G. Temperature Rise: One class below the insulation rating class.

H. Insulation: Class F.

I. Code Letter Designation:

1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic.

J. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T.

2.4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Motors Used with Reduced-Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method.

B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer.

1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse-width modulated inverters.

2. Energy- and Premium-Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation.

3. Inverter-Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230513-2 COMMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 9: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2.5 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS

A. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application:

1. Permanent-split capacitor. 2. Split phase. 3. Capacitor start, inductor run. 4. Capacitor start, capacitor run.

B. Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type.

C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading.

D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type.

E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

230513-3 COMMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 10: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

SECTION 230523.12

BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Brass ball valves. 2. Bronze ball valves.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. CWP: Cold working pressure.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of valve.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows:

1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, and weld ends. 3. Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.

B. Use the following precautions during storage:

1. 2.

Maintain valve end protection. Store valves indoors and temperature. If outdoor storage watertight enclosures.

maintain at higher-than-ambient-dew-point is necessary, store valves off the ground in

C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use operating handles or stems as lifting or rigging points.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230523.12-1 BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 11: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES

A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer.

B. ASME Compliance:

1. ASME 81 .20.1 for threads for threaded-end valves. 2. ASME 831.9 for building services piping valves.

C. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted.

D. Refer to HVAC valve schedule articles for applications of valves.

E. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures.

F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.

G. Valve Actuator Types:

1. Hand lever: For quarter-turn valves smaller than NPS 4.

H. Valves in Insulated Piping:

1. Include 2-inch stem extensions. 2. Extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, and protective

sleeves that allow operation of valves without breaking the vapor seals or disturbing insulation.

3. Memory stops that are fully adjustable after insulation is applied.

I. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.

2.2 BRASS BALL VALVES

A. Two-Piece Brass Ball Valves with Full Port and Brass Trim:

1. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. C. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Forged brass. f. Ends: Threaded.

100051538 230523.12-2 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 12: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

g. Seats: PTFE. h. Stem: Brass. i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. j. Port: Full.

B. Two-Piece Brass Ball Valves with Full Port and Stainless-Steel Trim:

1. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. C. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Forged brass. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE. h. Stem: Stainless steel. i. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. j. Port: Full.

C. Three-Piece Brass Ball Valves with Full Port and Brass Trim: 1. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. C. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Three piece. e. Body Material: Forged brass. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE. h. Stem: Brass. i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. j. Port: Full.

D. Three-Piece Brass Ball Valves with Full Port and Stainless-Steel Trim:

1. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. C. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Three piece. e. Body Material: Forged brass. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE. h. Stem: Stainless steel. i. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. j. Port: Full.

100051538 230523.12-3 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 13: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2.3 BRONZE BALL VALVES

A. Two-Piece Bronze Ball Valves with Full Port and Bronze or Brass Trim:

1. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. c. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Bronze. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE. h. Stem: Bronze. i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. j. Port: Full.

B. Two-Piece Bronze Ball Valves with Full Port and Stainless-Steel Trim:

1. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. c. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Bronze. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE. h. Stem: Stainless steel. i. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. j. Port: Full.

C. Three-Piece Bronze Ball Valves with Full Port and Bronze or Brass Trim:

1. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. C. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Three piece. e. Body Material: Bronze. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE. h. Stem: Bronze. i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. j. Port: Full.

D. Three-Piece Bronze Ball Valves with Full Port Stainless-Steel Trim:

1. Description: 100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230523.12-4 BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 14: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. C. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Three piece. e. Body Material: Bronze. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE. h. Stem: Stainless steel. i. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. j. Port: Full.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling.

B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations.

C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.

D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage.

E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.

3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION

A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.

B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.

C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.

D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.

E. Install valve tags. Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230523.12-5 BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 15: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS

A. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted.

B. Select valves with the following end connections:

1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder­joint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.

3.4 CHILLED-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE

A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: Two or Three piece, full port, brass or bronze with brass, bronze or stainless-steel trim.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

230523.12-6 BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 16: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Fiberglass pipe hangers. 2. Fiberglass strut systems. 3. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. 4. Fastener systems.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 230548.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC" for vibration isolation devices. 2. Section 233116 "Nonmetal Ducts" for duct hangers and supports.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Design: Design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7.

1. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.

2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230529-1 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 17: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components:

1. Fiberglass strut systems.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FIBERGLASS PIPE HANGERS

A. Clevis-Type, Fiberglass Pipe Hangers:

1. Description: Similar to MSS SP-58, Type 1, steel pipe hanger except hanger is made of fiberglass or fiberglass-reinforced resin.

2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, washer, and nuts made of stainless steel.

B. Strap-Type, Fiberglass Pipe Hangers:

1. Description: Similar to MSS SP-58, Type 9 or Type 10, steel pipe hanger except hanger is made of fiberglass-reinforced resin.

2. Hanger Rod and Fittings: Continuous-thread rod, washer, and nuts made of stainless steel.

2.2 FIBERGLASS STRUT SYSTEMS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Champion Fiberglass, Inc. 2. Fabco Plastics Wholesale Limited. 3. G-Strut.

B. Description: Shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly similar to MFMA-4 for supporting multiple parallel pipes.

1. Channels: Continuous slotted fiberglass or other plastic channel with inturned lips.

2. Channel Nuts: Fiberglass nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel.

3. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230529-2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 18: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2.3 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 2. Clement Support Services. 3. ERICO International Corporation. 4. National Pipe Hanger Corporation. 5. Pipe Shields Inc. 6. Piping Technology & Products, Inc.

B. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier.

C. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig minimum compressive strength.

D. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe.

E. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.

F. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature.

2.4 FASTENER SYSTEMS

A. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless-steel anchors, for use in hollow core concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. Refer to structural drawings for expansion anchor manufacturer, diameter and embed limitations.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Fiberglass Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with applicable portions of MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure.

B. Fiberglass Strut System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together on field-assembled fiberglass struts.

C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping.

D. Fastener System Installation:

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230529-3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 19: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Install stainless steel mechanical-expansion anchors according to manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories.

F. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.

G. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.

H. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

I. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.

J. Insulated Piping:

1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.

a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation.

b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.

c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.

2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.

3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees.

4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:

a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.

5. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.

3.2 ADJUSTING

A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe.

B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230529-4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 20: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.3 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE

A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment.

B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections.

C. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and fiberglass pipe hangers and fiberglass strut systems and stainless-steel attachments for hostile environment applications.

D. Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

230529-5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 21: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 1 - GENERAL

SECTION 230548.13 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Elastomeric isolation pads.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device.

2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of vibration isolation device type required.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Detail fabrication and assembly of equipment bases. Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting.

2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION PADS

A. Fiberglass Isolation Pads: Install at equipment mounted outside the building.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a.

100051538

Ace Mountings Co., Inc.

230548.13-1 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 22: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

b. California Dynamics Corporation. c. Isolation Technology, Inc. d. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. e. Mason Industries, Inc. f. Novia; A Division of C&P. g. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc.

2. Fabrication: Single or multiple layers of sufficient durometer stiffness for uniform loading over pad area.

3. Size: Factory or field cut to match requirements of supported equipment. 4. Pad Material: high-density matrix of compressed molded fiberglass; individually

coated with a exible, moisture-impervious elastomeric membrane. 5. Surface Pattern: Smooth pattern.

B. Elastomeric Isolation Pads: Install at equipment mounted inside the building.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Ace Mountings Co., Inc. b. California Dynamics Corporation. c. Isolation Technology, Inc. d. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. e. Mason Industries, Inc. f. Novia; A Division of C&P. g. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc.

2. Fabrication: Single or multiple layers of sufficient durometer stiffness for uniform loading over pad area.

3. Size: Factory or field cut to match requirements of supported equipment. 4. Pad Material: neoprene elastomer in sheer. 5. Surface Pattern: Waffle pattern.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230548.13-2 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 23: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.2 VIBRATION CONTROL DEVICE INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate the location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork.

B. Installation of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping, or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

230548.13-3 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 24: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Equipment labels. 2. Pipe labels. 3. Stencils. 4. Valve tags.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label.

C. Valve numbering scheme.

D. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS

A. Plastic Labels for Equipment:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Brady Corporation. b. Brimar Industries, Inc. c. Carlton Industries, LP. d. Champion America. e. Craftmark Pipe Markers.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230553-1 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 25: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

f. Emedco. g. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co. h. LEM Products Inc.

2. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.

3. Letter Color: White. 4. Background Color: Green. 5. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 6. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not

less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 7. Minimum Letter Size: 3/4 inch. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three­

quarters the size of principal lettering. 8. Fasteners: Stainless-steel self-tapping screws. 9. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with

substrate.

B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, volts, phase, panel number and breaker number from which the equipment receives its power and any other information owner may want.

C. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number, and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules) and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.

2.2 PIPE LABELS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Actioncraft Products, Inc.; a division of Industrial Test Equipment Co., Inc. 2. Brady Corporation. 3. Brimar Industries, Inc. 4. Carlton Industries, LP. 5. Champion America. 6. Craftmark Pipe Markers. 7. Emedco. 8. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co. 9. LEM Products Inc.

B. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction according to ASME A 13.1.

C. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230553-2 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 26: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings; also include pipe size and an arrow indicating flow direction.

1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.

2. Lettering Size: Size letters according to ASME A 13.1 for piping.

2.3 STENCILS

A. Stencils for Ducts:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Brimar Industries, Inc. b. Carlton Industries, LP. c. Champion America. d. Craftmark Pipe Markers.

2. Lettering Size: Minimum letter height of 1-1/4 inches for viewing distances up to 15 feet and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances.

3. Stencil Material: Fiberboard or metal. 4. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel. Paint may be in pressurized spray­

can form. 5. Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel. Paint may be in pressurized spray­

can form.

B. Stencils for Access Panels and Door Labels:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Brimar Industries, Inc. b. Carlton Industries, LP. c. Champion America. d. Craftmark Pipe Markers.

2. Lettering Size: Minimum letter height of 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances.

3. Stencil Material: Fiberboard or metal. 4. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel. Paint may be in pressurized spray­

can form. 5. Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel. Paint may be in pressurized spray­

can form.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230553-3 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 27: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2.4 VALVE TAGS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Actioncraft Products, Inc.; a division of Industrial Test Equipment Co., Inc. 2. Brady Corporation. 3. Brimar Industries, Inc. 4. Carlton Industries, LP. 5. Champion America. 6. Craftmark Pipe Markers. 7. emedco. 8. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co. 9. LEM Products Inc.

B. Description: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch numbers.

1. Tag Material: stainless steel, 0.025-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.

2. Fasteners: Brass beaded chain.

C. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses.

1. Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants.

3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.

B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.

C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230553-4 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 28: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.3 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION

A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.

B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.

3.4 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION

A. Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels, complying with ASME A 13.1, with painted, color-coded bands or rectangles on each piping system.

1. Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background. 2. Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking.

B. Pipe Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows:

1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal

units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations and on both sides of through walls, floors, ceilings, and

inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of

concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 25 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 15

feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced

labels.

C. Directional Flow Arrows: Arrows shall be used to indicate direction of flow in pipes, including pipes where flow is allowed in both directions.

D. Pipe Label Color Schedule:

1. Chilled-Water Piping: White letters on a safety-green background. 2. Refrigerant Piping: White letters on a safety-purple background.

E. Stenciled Duct Label: Stenciled labels showing service and flow direction may be provided instead of plastic-laminated duct labels, at Installer's option.

F. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into and exit from spaces and at maximum intervals of 25 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230553-5 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 29: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.5 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION

A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, shutoff valves, faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose connections, and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing­in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule.

B. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs:

1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape:

a. Chilled Water: 2 inches, round.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

230553-6 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 30: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Balancing Air Systems:

a. Constant-volume air systems.

2. Duct leakage tests. 3. Control system verification.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.

B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.

C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

D. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau.

E. TAB Specialist: An independent entity meeting qualifications to perform TAB work.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: Within 10 days of Contractor's Notice of Intent to Award, submit documentation that the TAB specialist and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.

B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 10 days of Contractor's Notice of Intent to Award, submit the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3.

C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 10 days of Contractor's Notice of Intent to Award, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230593-1 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 31: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

D. System Readiness Checklists: Within 10 days of Contractor's Notice of Intent to Award, submit system readiness checklists as specified in "Preparation" Article.

E. Examination Report: Submit a summary report of the examination review required in "Examination" Article.

F. Certified TAB reports.

G. Sample report forms.

H. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following:

1. Instrument type and make. 2. Serial number. 3. Application. 4. Dates of use. 5. Dates of calibration.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. TAB Specialists Qualifications: Certified by AABC, NEBB or TABB.

1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by AABC, NEBB or TABB.

2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by AABC, NEBB or TABB as a TAB technician.

B. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 111, Section 4, "Instrumentation."

C. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing."

D. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing."

1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230593-2 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 32: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment.

B. Examine installed systems for balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are applicable for intended purpose and are accessible.

C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.

D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.

E. Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to verify that they are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required.

F. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves.

1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system.

2. Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions.

G. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.

H. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.

I. Examine HVAC equipment and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, filters are clean, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.

J. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230593-3 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 33: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

K. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes the following:

1. Equipment and systems to be tested. 2. Strategies and step-by-step procedures for balancing the systems. 3. Instrumentation to be used. 4. Sample forms with specific identification for all equipment.

B. Perform system-readiness checks of HVAC systems and equipment to verify system readiness for TAB work. Include, at a minimum, the following:

1. Airside:

a. Verify that leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed.

b. Duct systems are complete with terminals installed. C. Volume, smoke, and fire dampers are open and functional. d. Clean filters are installed. e. Fans are operating, free of vibration, and rotating in correct direction. f. Variable-frequency controllers' startup is complete and safeties are verified. g. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. h. Ceilings are installed. i. Windows and doors are installed. j. Suitable access to balancing devices and equipment is provided.

3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING

A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in ASHRAE 111 and in this Section.

B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures.

1. After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."

2. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Section 230713 "Duct Insulation" and Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation."

C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings.

D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units. 100051538 230593-4 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND 122081 MDC Fish America BALANCING FOR HVAC Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 34: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS

A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Cross-check the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes.

B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.

C. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity.

D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements.

E. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.

F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.

G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.

H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.

I. Check for airflow blockages.

J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.

K. Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components.

L. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Section 233116 "Non-Metal Ducts."

3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS

A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer.

1. Measure total airflow.

a. Set outside-air, return-air, and relief-air dampers for proper position that simulates minimum outdoor-air conditions.

b. Where duct conditions allow, measure airflow by Pitot-tube traverse. If necessary, perform multiple Pitot-tube traverses to obtain total airflow.

c. Where duct conditions are not suitable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, a coil traverse may be acceptable.

d. If a reliable Pitot-tube traverse or coil traverse is not possible, measure airflow at terminals and calculate the total airflow.

2. Measure fan static pressures as follows:

a. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230593-5 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 35: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan inlet or through the flexible connection.

c. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up the air­handling system.

d. Report artificial loading of filters at the time static pressures are measured.

3. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions.

4. Obtain approval from Architect for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC Sections for air-handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air­handling-unit performance.

5. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload occurs. Measure amperage in full-cooling, full-heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower.

B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows.

1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts. 2. Adjust submain and branch duct volume dampers for specified airflow. 3. Re-measure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted.

C. Adjust air inlets and outlets for each space to indicated airflows.

1. Set airflow patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 2. Measure inlets and outlets airflow. 3. Adjust each inlet and outlet for specified airflow. 4. Re-measure each inlet and outlet after they have been adjusted.

D. Verify final system conditions.

1. Re-measure and confirm that minimum outdoor, return, and relief airflows are within design. Readjust to design if necessary.

2. Re-measure and confirm that total airflow is within design. 3. Re-measure all final fan operating data, rpms, volts, amps, and static profile. 4. Mark all final settings. 5. Test system in economizer mode. Verify proper operation and adjust if

necessary. 6. Measure and record all operating data. 7. Record final fan-performance data.

3.6 DUCT LEAKAGE TESTS

A. Witness the duct pressure testing performed by Installer.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230593-6 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 36: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

B. Verify that proper test methods are used and that leakage rates are within specified tolerances.

C. Report deficiencies observed.

3.7 CONTROLS VERIFICATION

A. In conjunction with system balancing, perform the following:

1. Verify temperature control system is operating within the design limitations. 2. Confirm that the sequences of operation are in compliance with Contract

Documents. 3. Verify that controllers are calibrated and function as intended. 4. Verify that controller set points are as indicated. 5. Verify the operation of lockout or interlock systems. 6. Verify the operation of valve and damper actuators. 7. Verify that controlled devices are properly installed and connected to correct

controller. 8. Verify that controlled devices travel freely and are in position indicated by

controller: open, closed, or modulating. 9. Verify location and installation of sensors to ensure that they sense only intended

temperature, humidity, or pressure.

B. Reporting: Include a summary of verifications performed, remaining deficiencies, and variations from indicated conditions.

3.8 TOLERANCES

A. Set HVAC system's airflow rates within the following tolerances:

1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent.

2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent.

B. Maintaining pressure relationships as designed shall have priority over the tolerances specified above.

3.9 PROGRESS REPORTING

A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices.

B. Status Reports: Prepare monthly progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and

100051538 230593-7 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND 122081 MDC Fish America BALANCING FOR HVAC Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 37: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors.

3.10 FINAL REPORT

A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems.

1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer.

2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. 3. Certify validity and accuracy of field data.

B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following:

1. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop

Drawings and Product Data.

C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:

1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB specialist. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the

report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following:

a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract

Documents.

12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated

values. 14. Test conditions for fans performance forms including the following:

a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230593-8 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 38: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

d. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter.

e. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.

D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following:

1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 3. Position of balancing devices.

E. Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following:

1. Unit Data:

a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. i. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in

inches. j. Number, make, and size of belts. k. Number, type, and size of filters.

2. Motor Data:

a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inchesand bore. f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in

inches.

3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg. f. Cooling-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. g. Outdoor airflow in cfm. h. Return airflow in cfm. i. Outdoor-air damper position. j. Return-air damper position.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230593-9 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 39: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

F. Electric-Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in central-station air-handling units, include the following:

1. Unit Data:

a. System identification. b. Location. c. Coil identification. d. Capacity in Btu/h. e. Number of stages. f. Connected volts, phase, and hertz. g. Rated amperage. h. Airflow rate in cfm. i. Face area in sq. ft .. j. Minimum face velocity in fpm.

2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

a. Heat output in Btu/h. b. Airflow rate in cfm. c. Air velocity in fpm. d. Entering-air temperature in deg F. e. Leaving-air temperature in deg F. f. Voltage at each connection. g. Amperage for each phase.

G. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:

1. Fan Data:

a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inchesand bore. h. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in

inches.

2. Motor Data:

a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inchesand bore. f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in

inches. g. Number, make, and size of belts.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230593-10 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 40: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Suction static pressure in inches wg.

H. Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following:

1. Report Data:

a. System and air-handling-unit number. b. Location and zone. c. Traverse air temperature in deg F. d. Duct static pressure in inches wg. e. Duct size in inches. f. Duct area in sq. ft .. g. Indicated airflow rate in cfm. h. Indicated velocity in fpm. i. Actual airflow rate in cfm. j. Actual average velocity in fpm. k. Barometric pressure in psig.

I. Instrument Calibration Reports:

1. Report Data:

a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. c. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration.

3.11 ADDITIONAL TESTS

A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions.

B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and winter conditions.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

230593-11 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 41: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

SECTION 230713 DUCT INSULATION

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes insulating the following duct services:

1. Indoor, concealed supply, return and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply, return and outdoor air. 3. Outdoor, exposed supply and return/exhaust.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation."

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water­vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field-applied if any).

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training.

B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke­developed index of 50 or less.

2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke­developed index of 150 or less.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230713-1 DUCT INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 42: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.

1.6 COORDINATION

A Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

B. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for duct insulation application. Before preparing ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.

C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.

1.7 SCHEDULING

A Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results.

B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS

A Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule," and "Aboveground, Outdoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.

B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.

C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.

D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795.

E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230713-2 DUCT INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 43: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type II for sheet materials.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:

a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.

G. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type 11 and ASTM C 1290, Type II with factory­applied vinyl jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory­Applied Jackets" Article.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:

a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. c. Knauf Insulation.

2.2 ADHESIVES

A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.

B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.

1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

C. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.

1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

D. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230713-3 DUCT INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 44: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

2.3 MASTICS

A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II.

1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services.

1. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film thickness.

2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 4. Color: White.

C. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below ambient services.

1. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 30-mil dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F. 3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight. 4. Color: White.

2.4 SEALANTS

A. Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:

1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 4. Color: Aluminum. 5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less

when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 6. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California

Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

B. Vinyl and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230713-4 DUCT INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 45: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 4. Color: White. 5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less

when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 6. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California

Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

2.5 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS

A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:

1. Vinyl Jacket: White vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.

2.6 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS

A. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.

1. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 2. Color: White.

B. Metal Jacket:

1. Stainless-Steel Jacket: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M.

a. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing b. Material, finish, and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket

schedules. c. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 2.5-mil- thick polysurlyn.

2.7 TAPES

A. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor applications.

1. Width: 2 inches. 2. Thickness: 6 mils. 3. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 500 percent.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230713-5 DUCT INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 46: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

5. Tensile Strength: 18 !bf/inch in width.

B. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive.

1. Width: 2 inches. 2. Thickness: 3. 7 mils. 3. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 5 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 34 !bf/inch in width.

2.8 SECUREMENTS

A. Insulation Pins and Hangers:

1. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements:

a. Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 1-1/2 inches in diameter.

b. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches.

c. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.

2. Nonmetal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.

B. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel.

2.9 CORNER ANGLES

A. PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230713-6 DUCT INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 47: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application.

3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings.

B. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules.

C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.

E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.

I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.

1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on

anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.

3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses.

K. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:

100051538 230713-7 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

DUCT INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 48: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as insulation

jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c.

3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c.

a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.

4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal.

5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.

L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement.

N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints.

3.4 PENETRATIONS

A. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations.

1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall

surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.

3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches.

4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.

B. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations {That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.

C. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches.

1. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Fire stopping" and fire­resistive joint sealers.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230713-8 DUCT INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 49: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.5 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION

A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

3.6 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION

A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins.

1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area.

2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions.

3. Install non-metal pins and washers on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows:

a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c.

b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.

c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums.

d. Do not over compress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend

parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing.

4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions.

100051538

a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor-barrier seal.

b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches.

230713-9 DUCT INSULATION 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 50: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with stainless steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c.

6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.

7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c.

3.7 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION

A. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of ducts. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.

1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge.

B. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints.

3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Tests and Inspections:

1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to two location(s) for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article.

B. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements.

3.9 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation:

1. 2. 3.

4.

5. 100051538

Indoor, concealed supply, return and outdoor air. Indoor, exposed supply, return and outdoor air. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. Outdoor, concealed supply and return/exhaust.

230713-10 DUCT INSULATION 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 51: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

6. Outdoor, exposed supply and return/exhaust.

3.10 INDOOR DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE

A. Concealed, round, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 - 1 inch thick layers. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 0. 75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

B. Concealed, round, return-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inches thick and 0. 75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

C. Concealed, round, exhaust-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inches thick and 0. 75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

D. Concealed, rectangular, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 - 1 inch thick layers. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 0. 75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

E. Concealed, rectangular, return-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inches thick and 0. 75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

F. Concealed, rectangular, exhaust-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

G. Exposed, round, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 - 1 inch thick layers. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

H. Exposed, round, return-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

I. Exposed, round, outdoor-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230713-11 DUCT INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 52: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

J. Exposed, round, exhaust-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inches thick and 0. 75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

K. Exposed, rectangular, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 - 1 inch thick layers. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 0. 75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

L. Exposed, rectangular, return-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

M. Exposed, rectangular, outdoor-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

N. Exposed, rectangular, exhaust-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

3.11 ABOVEGROUND, OUTDOOR DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE

A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a duct system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

B. Exposed, round, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 - 1 inch thick layers. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

C. Exposed, round, return/exhaust-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 - 1 inch thick layers. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

D. Exposed, rectangular, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 - 1 inch thick layers. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 0. 75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

E. Exposed, rectangular, return/exhaust-air duct insulation shall be one of the following:

1. 2.

Flexible Elastomeric: 2 - 1 inch thick layers. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230713-12 DUCT INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 53: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.12 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE

A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.

B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

C. Ducts, Concealed or Exposed:

1. PVC 30 mils thick.

3.13 OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE

A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.

B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

C. Ducts and Plenums, Exposed:

1. Stainless Steel, Type 304, Smooth 28 Finish: 0.016 inch thick.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

230713-13 DUCT INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 54: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 1 - GENERAL

SECTION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems:

1. Chilled-water piping, indoors and outdoors.

2. Refrigerant piping, indoors and outdoors.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 230713 "Duct Insulation."

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water­vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied if any).

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training.

B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke­developed index of 50 or less.

2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke­developed index of 150 or less.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230719-1 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 55: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.

1.7 SCHEDULING

A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS

A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground Piping Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.

B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.

C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.

D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795.

E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process.

F. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230719-2 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 56: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory-Applied ASJ-SSL: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 2.

2. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585.

G. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials.

2.2 ADHESIVES

A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.

B. Cellular-Glass Adhesive: Two-component, thermosetting urethane adhesive containing no flammable solvents, with a service temperature range of minus 100 to plus 200 deg F.

1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a voe content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

C. Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.

1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a voe content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

D. ASJ Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints.

1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a voe content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

E. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.

1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a voe content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230719-3 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 57: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

2.3 MASTICS

A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II.

1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a voe content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services.

1. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film thickness.

2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 4. Color: White.

C. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below-ambient services.

1. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 30-mil dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F. 3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight. 4. Color: White.

2.4 SEALANTS

A. Joint Sealants:

1. Joint Sealants for Cellular-Glass Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:

a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries. c. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products.

3. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 4. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 5. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F. 6. Color: White.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230719-4 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 58: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

7. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

8. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

B. Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:

1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 4. Color: Aluminum.

C. ASJ Flashing Sealants and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:

1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 4. Color: White. 5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less

when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 6. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California

Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

2.5 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS

A Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:

1. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.

2.6 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS

A Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.

B. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.

1. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 2. Color: White. 3. Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field

fabricate. 100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230719-5 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 59: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, mechanical joints, and P-trap.

C. Metal Jacket:

1. Stainless-Steel Jacket: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M.

a. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. b. Material, finish, and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket

schedules. c. Moisture Barrier for Exposed Outdoor Applications: 2.5-mil- thick

polysurlyn. d. Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers:

1) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. 2) Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius

elbows. 3) Tee covers. 4) Flange and union covers. 5) End caps. 6) Beveled collars. 7) Valve covers. 8) Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are

not available.

D. Underground Direct-Buried Jacket: 125-mil- thick vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin reinforced with a woven-glass fiber or polyester scrim and laminated aluminum foil.

2.7 TAPES

A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136.

1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.

B. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor applications.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

100051538

Width: 2 inches. Thickness: 6 mils. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. Elongation: 500 percent. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width.

230719-6 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

HVAC PIPING INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 60: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2.8 SECUREMENTS

A. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been

corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application.

3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.

B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.

C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.

E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.

G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

100051538 230719-7 HVAC PIPING 122081 MDC Fish America INSULATION Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 61: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.

J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.

1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on

anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.

3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.

K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses.

L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:

1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as

insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c.

3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self­sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c.

a. For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.

4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal.

5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.

M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement.

0. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints.

P. For below-ambient services, install insulation to the following:

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230719-8 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 62: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Hand holes. 6. Cleanouts.

3.4 PENETRATIONS

A. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant.

B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations.

1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall

surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.

3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches.

4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.

C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.

3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION

A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.

B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:

1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated.

2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.

3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230719-9 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 63: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement.

5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below­ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier.

6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.

7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for above-ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric­reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.

8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape.

9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size and color of pipe labels.

C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.

D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following:

1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation.

2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket.

3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body.

4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230719-10 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 64: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish.

5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket.

3.6 INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION

A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:

1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials.

2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.

3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient services, secure laps with outward-clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.

4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:

1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus

twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer

circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular­glass block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation.

4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant.

C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:

1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.

2. When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of cellular-glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.

D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:

1. Install preformed sections of cellular-glass insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation

without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230719-11 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 65: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.7 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION

A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:

1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus

twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer

circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation.

4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:

1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended

adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:

1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available.

2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation.

3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's

recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

3.8 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION

A. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.

1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge.

B. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints.

100051538 230719-12 HVAC PIPING 122081 MDC Fish America INSULATION Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 66: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Tests and Inspections:

1. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe and two locations of valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article.

B. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements.

3.10 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

3.11 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE

A. Chilled Water:

1. NPS 4 and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following:

a. Cellular Glass: 2 inches thick. b. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 - 1 inch thick layers.

B. Refrigerant Suction Piping:

1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:

a. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches thick. b. Flexible Elastomeric: 1-1/2 inch thick.

3.12 OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE

A. Chilled Water:

1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:

a. Cellular Glass: 3 inches thick. b. Flexible Elastomeric: 3 inches thick.

B. Refrigerant Suction Piping:

1.

100051538

All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:

230719-13 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 122081 MDC Fish America

Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 67: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

a. Cellular Glass: 2 inches thick. b. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches thick.

3.13 OUTDOOR, UNDERGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE

A. Chilled Water,

1. All Sizes:

a. Cellular glass, 2 inches thick.

3.14 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE

A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.

B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

C. Piping, Exposed:

1. PVC 30 mils thick.

3.15 OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE

A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.

B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

C. Piping, Exposed:

1. Stainless Steel, Type 304, Smooth 2B Finish with Z-Shaped Locking Seam: 0.016 inch thick.

3.16 UNDERGROUND, FIELD-INSTALLED INSULATION JACKET

A. For underground direct-buried piping applications, install underground direct-buried jacket over insulation material.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

230719-14 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 68: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

SECTION 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components, including control components for terminal heating and cooling units not supplied with factory­wired controls.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each control device indicated.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Schematic flow diagrams. 2. Power, signal, and control wiring diagrams. 3. Details of control panel faces. 4. Damper schedule. 5. Valve schedule. 6. DOC System Hardware: Wiring diagrams, schematic floor plans, and schematic

control diagrams. 7. Control System Software: Schematic diagrams, written descriptions, and points

list. 8. Data Communications Protocol Certificates: Certifying that each proposed DOC

system component complies with ASHRAE 135.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Field quality-control test reports.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and maintenance data.

B. Software and firmware operational documentation.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230900-1 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 69: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

2.2 CONTROL SYSTEM

A. Manufacturers: 1. Automated Logic Corporation. 2. Honeywell International Inc.; Home & Building Control. 3. Invensys Building Systems. 4. Johnson Controls, Inc.; Controls Group. 5. Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. 6. TAC Americas, INC. 7. Trane; Worldwide Applied Systems Group. 8. Reliable Controls

B. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, and accessories to control mechanical systems.

C. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, accessories, and software connected to distributed controllers operating in multiuser, multitasking environment on token­passing network and programmed to control mechanical systems. An operator workstation permits interface with the network via dynamic color graphics with each mechanical system, building floor plan, and control device depicted by point-and-click graphics.

2.3 DOC EQUIPMENT

A. Operator Workstation: PC-based microcomputer meeting the requirements of the Building Automation system software.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230900-2 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 70: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

B. Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with programmable, nonvolatile, random-access memory; local operator access and display panel; integral interface equipment; and backup power source.

1. Units monitor or control each 1/0 point; process information; execute commands from other control units, devices, and operator stations; and download from or upload to operator workstation.

2. Stand-alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following:

a. Global communications. b. Discrete/digital, analog, and pulse 1/0. c. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. d. Software applications, scheduling, and alarm processing. e. Testing and developing control algorithms without disrupting field hardware

and controlled environment.

C. Local Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with electronically programmable, nonvolatile, read-only memory; and backup power source.

1. Units monitor or control each 1/0 point, process information, and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit.

2. Stand-alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following:

a. Global communications. b. Discrete/digital, analog, and pulse 1/0. c. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points.

3. Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation.

D. 1/0 Interface: Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into system through controllers. Protect points so that shorting will cause no damage to controllers.

1. Binary Inputs: Allow monitoring of on-off signals without external power. 2. Pulse Accumulation Inputs: Accept up to 10 pulses per second. 3. Analog Inputs: Allow monitoring of low-voltage (0- to 10-V de), current (4 to 20

mA), or resistance signals. 4. Binary Outputs: Provide on-off or pulsed low-voltage signal, selectable for

normally open or normally closed operation with three-position (on-off-auto) override switches and status lights.

5. Analog Outputs: Provide modulating signal, either low voltage (0- to 10-V de) or current (4 to 20 mA) with status lights, two-position (auto-manual) switch, and manually adjustable potentiometer.

6. Tri-State Outputs: Provide two coordinated binary outputs for control of three­point, floating-type electronic actuators.

7. Universal I/Os: Provide software selectable binary or analog outputs.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230900-3 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 71: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

E. Power Supplies: Transformers with Class 2 current-limiting type or overcurrent protection; limit connected loads to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall match output current and voltage requirements and be full-wave rectifier type with the following:

1. Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak. 2. Combined 1 percent line and load regulation with 100-mic.sec. response time for

50 percent load changes. 3. Built-in overvoltage and overcurrent protection and be able to withstand 150

percent overload for at least 3 seconds without failure.

F. Power Line Filtering: Internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for workstations or controllers with the following:

1. Minimum dielectric strength of 1000 V. 2. Maximum response time of 10 nanoseconds. 3. Minimum transverse-mode noise attenuation of 65 dB. 4. Minimum common-mode noise attenuation of 150 dB at 40 to 100 Hz.

2.4 UNITARY CONTROLLERS

A. Unitized, capable of stand-alone operation with sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements, and with sufficient 1/0 capacity for the application.

1. Configuration: Local keypad and display; diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor; wiring termination to terminal strip or card connected with ribbon cable; memory with bios; and 72-hour battery backup.

2. Operating System: Manage 1/0 communication to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual object information and allow central monitoring and alarms. Perform scheduling with real-time clock. Perform automatic system diagnostics; monitor system and report failures.

3. Enclosure: Dustproof rated for operation at 32 to 120 deg F.

2.5 ANALOG CONTROLLERS

A. Step Controllers: 6- or 10-stage type, with heavy-duty switching rated to handle loads and operated by electric motor.

B. Electric, Outdoor-Reset Controllers: Remote-bulb or bimetal rod-and-tube type, proportioning action with adjustable throttling range, adjustable set point, scale range minus 10 to plus 70 deg F, and single- or double-pole contacts.

C. Electronic Controllers: Wheatstone-bridge-amplifier type, in steel enclosure with provision for remote-resistance readjustment. Identify adjustments on controllers, including proportional band and authority.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230900-4 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 72: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Single controllers can be integral with control motor if provided with accessible control readjustment potentiometer.

D. Fan-Speed Controllers: Solid-state model providing field-adjustable proportional control of motor speed from maximum to minimum of 55 percent and on-off action below minimum fan speed. Controller shall briefly apply full voltage, when motor is started, to rapidly bring motor up to minimum speed. Equip with filtered circuit to eliminate radio interference.

2.6 TIME CLOCKS

A. Manufacturers:

1. A TC-Diversified Electronics. 2. Grasslin Controls Corporation. 3. Paragon Electric Co., Inc. 4. Precision Multiple Controls, Inc. 5. SSAC Inc.; ABB USA. 6. TCS/Basys Controls. 7. Theben AG - Lumilite Control Technology, Inc. 8. Time Mark Corporation.

B. Seven-day, programming-switch timer with synchronous-timing motor and seven-day dial; continuously charged, nickel-cadmium-battery-driven, eight-hour, power-failure carryover; multiple-switch trippers; minimum of two and maximum of eight signals per day with two normally open and two normally closed output contacts.

C. Solid-state, programmable time control with 4 separate programs each with up to 100 on-off operations; 1-second resolution; lithium battery backup; keyboard interface and manual override; individual on-off-auto switches for each program; 365-day calendar with 20 programmable holidays; choice of fail-safe operation for each program; system fault alarm; and communications package allowing networking of time controls and programming from PC.

2.7 ELECTRONIC SENSORS

A. Description: Vibration and corrosion resistant; for wall, immersion, or duct mounting as required.

B. Thermistor Temperature Sensors and Transmitters:

1. Manufacturers:

100051538

a. b. C. d. e.

BEG Controls Corporation. Ebtron, Inc. Heat-Timer Corporation. I.T.M. Instruments Inc. MAMAC Systems, Inc.

230900-5 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 73: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

f. RDF Corporation.

2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.5 deg F at calibration point. 3. Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable. 4. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 8 inches long; use where not affected

by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft .. 5. Averaging Elements in Ducts: 36 inches long, flexible; use where prone to

temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 10 sq. ft .. 6. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers.

a. Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed. b. Set-Point Indication: Exposed. c. Thermometer: Concealed.

7. Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight.

C. RTDs and Transmitters:

1. Manufacturers:

a. BEC Controls Corporation. b. MAMAC Systems, Inc. c. RDF Corporation.

2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.2 percent at calibration point. 3. Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable. 4. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 8 inches long; use where not affected

by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft .. 5. Averaging Elements in Ducts: 18 inches long, rigid; use where prone to

temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 9 sq. ft.; length as required.

6. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers.

a. Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed. b. Set-Point Indication: Exposed. c. Thermometer: Concealed.

7. Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight.

D. Pressure Transmitters/Transducers:

1. Manufacturers:

a. BEC Controls Corporation. b. General Eastern Instruments. c. MAMAC Systems, Inc. d. ROTRONIC Instrument Corp. e. TCS/Basys Controls. f. Vaisala.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230900-6 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 74: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2. Static-Pressure Transmitter: Nondirectional sensor with suitable range for expected input, and temperature compensated.

a. Accuracy: 2 percent of full scale with repeatability of 0.5 percent. b. Output: 4 to 20 mA. c. Building Static-Pressure Range: 0- to 0.25-inch wg. d. Duct Static-Pressure Range: 0- to 5-inch wg.

3. Differential-Pressure Switch (Air or Water): Snap acting, with pilot-duty rating and with suitable scale range and differential.

4. Pressure Transmitters: Direct acting for gas or liquid service; range suitable for system; linear output 4 to 20 mA.

2.8 STATUS SENSORS

A. Status Inputs for Fans: Differential-pressure switch with pilot-duty rating and with adjustable range of 0- to 5-inch wg.

B. Status Inputs for Electric Motors: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, current-sensing fixed- or split-core transformers with self-powered transmitter, adjustable and suitable for 175 percent of rated motor current.

C. Current Switches: Self-powered, solid-state with adjustable trip current, selected to match current and system output requirements.

D. Electronic Valve/Damper Position Indicator: Visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2- to 10-V de, feedback signal.

2.9 THERMOSTATS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Erie Controls. 2. Danfoss Inc.; Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Div. 3. Heat-Timer Corporation. 4. Sauter Controls Corporation. 5. tekmar Control Systems, Inc. 6. Theben AG - Lumilite Control Technology, Inc.

B. Electric, solid-state, microcomputer-based room thermostat with remote sensor.

1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling. 2. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point. 3. Set up for four separate temperatures per day. 4. Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from 1 hour to 31

days. 5. Short-cycle protection. 6. Programming based on every day of week.

100051538 230900-7 INSTRUMENTATION AND 122081 MDC Fish America CONTROLS FOR HVAC Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 75: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

7. Selection features include degree F or degree C display, 12- or 24-hour clock, keyboard disable, remote sensor, and fan on-auto.

8. Battery replacement without program loss. 9. Thermostat display features include the following:

a. Time of day. b. Actual room temperature. c. Programmed temperature. d. Programmed time. e. Duration of timed override. f. Day of week. g. System mode indications include "heating," "off," "fan auto," and "fan on."

C. Room Thermostat Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers.

1. Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed. 2. Set-Point Indication: Exposed. 3. Thermometer: Concealed.

D. Room thermostat accessories include the following:

1. Insulating Bases: For thermostats located on exterior walls. 2. Thermostat Guards: Locking; heavy-duty, transparent plastic; mounted on

separate base. 3. Adjusting Key: As required for calibration and cover screws.

2.10 ACTUATORS

A. Electric Motors: Size to operate with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action or two-position action.

1. Comply with requirements in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment."

2. Permanent Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Type: Gear trains completely oil immersed and sealed. Equip spring-return motors with integral spiral-spring mechanism in housings designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit switches, auxiliary switches, or feedback potentiometer.

3. Nonspring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2-1/2: Size for running torque of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque of 300 in. x lbf.

4. Spring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2-1/2: Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in. x lbf.

5. Nonspring-Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft.: Size for running torque of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque of 300 in. x lbf.

6. Spring-Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft.: Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in. x lbf.

B. Electronic Actuators: Direct-coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full-stroke cycles at rated torque.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230900-8 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 76: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Manufacturers:

a. Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2. Valves: Size for torque required for valve close off at maximum pump differential pressure.

3. Dampers: Size for running torque calculated as follows:

a. Parallel-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 7 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. b. Opposed-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 5 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. c. Parallel-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 4 inch-lb/sq. ft of damper. d. Opposed-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 3 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. e. Dampers with 2- to 3-lnch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 1000

to 2500 fpm: Increase running torque by 1.5. f. Dampers with 3- to 4-lnch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 2500

to 3000 fpm: Increase running torque by 2.0.

4. Coupling: V-bolt and V-shaped, toothed cradle. 5. Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation-sensing circuitry. 6. Fail-Safe Operation: Mechanical, spring-return mechanism. Provide external,

manual gear release on nonspring-return actuators. 7. Power Requirements (Two-Position Spring Return): [24] [120] [230]-V ac. 8. Power Requirements (Modulating): Maximum 10 VA at 24-V ac or 8 Wat 24-V

de. 9. Proportional Signal: 2- to 10-V de or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10-V de position

feedback signal. 10. Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F. 11. Temperature Rating (Smoke Dampers): Minus 22 to plus 250 deg F. 12. Run Time: 12 seconds open, 5 seconds closed.

2.11 DAMPERS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Air Balance Inc. 2. Don Park Inc.; Autodamp Div. 3. TAMCO (T. A. Morrison & Co. Inc.). 4. United Enertech Corp. 5. Vent Products Company, Inc.

B. Dampers: AMCA-rated, parallel-blade design; 0.108-inch-minimum thick, galvanized­steel or 0.125-inch-minimum thick, extruded-aluminum frames with holes for duct mounting; damper blades shall not be less than 0.064-inch-thick galvanized steel with maximum blade width of 8 inches and length of 48 inches.

1. Secure blades to 1/2-inch-diameter, zinc-plated axles using zinc-plated hardware, with nylon blade bearings, blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230900-9 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 77: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

and brass, ends sealed against spring-stainless-steel blade bearings, and thrust bearings at each end of every blade.

2. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 3. Edge Seals, Standard Pressure Applications: Closed-cell neoprene. 4. Edge Seals, Low-Leakage Applications: Use inflatable blade edging or

replaceable rubber blade seals and spring-loaded stainless-steel side seals, rated for leakage at less than 10 cfm per sq. ft. of damper area, at differential pressure of 4-inch wg when damper is held by torque of 50 in. x lbf; when tested according to AMCA SOOD.

2.12 CONTROL CABLE

A Electronic and fiber-optic cables for control wiring are specified in Section 271500 "Communications Horizontal Cabling."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A Verify location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before installation. Install devices 48 inches above the floor.

1. Install averaging elements in ducts and plenums in crossing or zigzag pattern.

B. Install guards on thermostats in the following locations:

1. Entrances. 2. Public areas. 3. Where indicated.

C. Install automatic dampers according to Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."

D. Install damper motors on outside of duct in warm areas, not in locations exposed to outdoor temperatures.

E. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

F. Install refrigerant instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Section 232300 "Refrigerant Piping."

G. Install duct volume-control dampers according to Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" and Section 233116 "Nonmetal Ducts."

H. Install electronic and fiber-optic cables according to Section 271500 "Communications Horizontal Cabling."

100051538 230900-10 INSTRUMENTATION AND 122081 MDC Fish America CONTROLS FOR HVAC Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 78: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.2 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION

A. Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems."

B. Install building wire and cable according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

C. Install signal and communication cable according to Section 271500 "Communications Horizontal Cabling."

1. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed.

2. Install exposed cable in raceway. 3. Install concealed cable in raceway. 4. Bundle and harness multiconductor instrument cable in place of single cables

where several cables follow a common path. 5. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect

against abrasion. Tie and support conductors. 6. Number-code or color-code conductors for future identification and service of

control system, except local individual room control cables. 7. Install wire and cable with sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for

vibration of piping and equipment.

D. Connect manual-reset limit controls independent of manual-control switch positions. Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers.

E. Connect hand-off-auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in hand position.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing.

B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

1.

2. 3.

4.

5.

6. 100051538

Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Test calibration of controllers by disconnecting input sensors and stimulating operation with compatible signal generator. Test each point through its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control set points are as required. Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence of operation. Adjust PIO actions. Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation.

230900-11 INSTRUMENTATION AND 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

CONTROLS FOR HVAC 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 79: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

7. Test software and hardware interlocks.

C. DOC Verification:

1. Verify that instruments are installed before calibration, testing, and loop or leak checks.

2. Check instruments for proper location and accessibility. 3. Check instrument installation for direction of flow, elevation, orientation, insertion

depth, and other applicable considerations. 4. Check instrument tubing for proper fittings, slope, material, and support. 5. Check pressure instruments, piping slope, installation of valve manifold, and self-

contained pressure regulators. 6. Check temperature instruments and material and length of sensing elements. 7. Check control valves. Verify that they are in correct direction. 8. Check air-operated dampers. Verify that pressure gages are provided and that

proper blade alignment, either parallel or opposed, has been provided. 9. Check DOC system as follows:

a. Verify that DOC controller power supply is from emergency power supply, if applicable.

b. Verify that wires at control panels are tagged with their service designation and approved tagging system.

c. Verify that spare 1/0 capacity has been provided. d. Verify that DOC controllers are protected from power supply surges.

D. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment and repeat testing procedures.

3.4 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC instrumentation and controls.

END OF SECTION 230900

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230900-12 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 80: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

SECTION 230923 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. DOC system for monitoring and controlling of HVAC systems. 2. Delivery of selected control devices to equipment and systems manufacturers for

factory installation and to HVAC systems installers for field installation.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Algorithm: A logical procedure for solving a recurrent mathematical problem. A prescribed set of well-defined rules or processes for solving a problem in a finite number of steps.

B. Analog: A continuously varying signal value, such as current, flow, pressure, or temperature.

C. BACnet Specific Definitions:

1. BACnet: Building Automation Control Network Protocol, ASHRAE 135. A communications protocol allowing devices to communicate data over and services over a network.

2. BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs): BIBB defines a small portion of BACnet functionality that is needed to perform a particular task. BIBBs are combined to build the BACnet functional requirements for a device.

3. BACnet/lP: Defines and allows using a reserved UDP socket to transmit BACnet messages over IP networks. A BACnet/lP network is a collection of one or more IP subnetworks that share the same BACnet network number.

4. BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL): Organization responsible for testing products for compliance with ASH RAE 135, operated under direction of BACnet International.

5. PICS (Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement): Written document that identifies the particular options specified by BACnet that are implemented in a device.

D. Binary: Two-state signal where a high signal level represents ON" or "OPEN" condition and a low signal level represents "OFF" or "CLOSED" condition. "Digital" is sometimes used interchangeably with "Binary" to indicate a two-state signal.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-1 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 81: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

E. Controller: Generic term for any standalone, microprocessor-based, digital controller residing on a network, used for local or global control. Three types of controllers are indicated: Network Controller, Programmable Application Controller, and Application­Specific Controller.

F. Control System Integrator: An entity that assists in expansion of existing enterprise system and support of additional operator interfaces to 1/0 being added to existing enterprise system.

G. COV: Changes of value.

H. DOC System Provider: Authorized representative of, and trained by, DOC system manufacturer and responsible for execution of DOC system Work indicated.

I. Distributed Control: Processing of system data is decentralized and control decisions are made at subsystem level. System operational programs and information are provided to remote subsystems and status is reported back. On loss of communication, subsystems shall be capable of operating in a standalone mode using the last best available data.

J. DOCSIS: Data-Over Cable Service Interface Specifications.

K. E/P: Voltage to pneumatic.

L. Gateway: Bidirectional protocol translator that connects control systems that use different communication protocols.

M. HLC: Heavy load conditions.

N. 1/0: System through which information is received and transmitted. 1/0 refers to analog input (Al), binary input (Bl), analog output (AO) and binary output (BO). Analog signals are continuous and represent control influences such as flow, level, moisture, pressure, and temperature. Binary signals convert electronic signals to digital pulses (values) and generally represent two-position operating and alarm status. "Digital," (DI and (DO), is sometimes used interchangeably with "Binary," (Bl) and (BO), respectively.

0. 1/P: Current to pneumatic.

P. LAN: Local area network.

Q. LNS: LonWorks Network Services.

R. LON Specific Definitions:

1. FTT-10: Echelon Transmitter-Free Topology Transceiver. 2. LonMark: Association comprising suppliers and installers of LonTalk products.

Association provides guidelines for implementing LonTalk protocol to ensure interoperability through a standard or consistent implementation.

3. LonTalk: An open standard protocol developed by the Echelon Corporation that uses a "Neuron Chip" for communication. LonTalk is a register trademark of Echelon.

4. LonWorks: Network technology developed by Echelon. 100051538 230923-2 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) 122081 MDC Fish America SYSTEM FOR HVAC Building Replacement

Page 82: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

5. Node: Device that communicates using CEA-709.1-C protocol and that is connected to a CEA-709.1-C network.

6. Node Address: The logical address of a node on the network, consisting of a Domain number, Subnet number, and Node number. "Node number" portion of an address is a number assigned to device during installation, is unique within a subnet, and is not a factory-set unique Node ID.

7. Node ID: A unique 48-bit identifier assigned at factory to each CEA-709.1-C device. Sometimes called a "Neuron ID."

8. Program ID: An identifier (number) stored in a device (usually EEPROM) that identifies node manufacturer, functionality of device (application and sequence), transceiver used, and intended device usage.

9. Standard Configuration Property Type (SCPT): Pronounced "skip-it." A standard format type maintained by LonMark International for configuration properties.

10. Standard Network Variable Type (SNVT): Pronounced "snivet." A standard format type maintained by LonMark used to define data information transmitted and received by individual nodes. "SNVT" is used in two ways. It is an acronym for "Standard Network Variable Type" and is often used to indicate a network variable itself (i.e., it can mean "a network variable of a standard network variable type").

11. Subnet: Consists of a logical grouping of up to 127 nodes, where logical grouping is defined by node addressing. Each subnet is assigned a number, which is unique within a Domain. See "Node Address."

12. TP/FT-10: Free Topology Twisted Pair network defined by CEA-709.3 and is most common media type for a CEA-709.1-C control network.

13. TP/XF-1250: High-speed, 1.25-Mbps, twisted-pair, doubly terminated bus network defined by "LonMark Interoperability Guidelines" typically used only to connect multiple TP/FT-10 networks.

14. User-Defined Configuration Property Type (UCPT): Pronounced "U-Keep-lt." A Configuration Property format type that is defined by device manufacturer.

15. User-Defined Network Variable Type (UNVT): Network variable format defined by device manufacturer. UNVTs create non-standard communications that other vendors' devices may not correctly interpret and may negatively impact system operation. UNVTs are not allowed.

S. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote-control, signaling power-limited circuits.

T. Modbus TCP/IP: An open protocol for exchange of process data.

U. MS/TP: Master-slave/token-passing, IEE 8802-3. Datalink protocol LAN option that uses twisted-pair wire for low-speed communication.

V. MTBF: Mean time between failures.

W. Network Controller: Digital controller, which supports a family of programmable application controllers and application-specific controllers, that communicates on peer­to-peer network for transmission of global data.

X. Network Repeater: Device that receives data packet from one network and rebroadcasts it to another network. No routing information is added to protocol.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-3 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 83: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1.4

Y. PDA: Personal digital assistant.

Z. Peer to Peer: Networking architecture that treats all network stations as equal partners.

AA. POT: Portable operator's terminal.

BB. PUE: Performance usage effectiveness.

CC. RAM: Random access memory.

DD. RF: Radio frequency.

EE. Router: Device connecting two or more networks at network layer.

FF. Server: Computer used to maintain system configuration, historical and programming database.

GG. TCP/IP: Transport control protocol/Internet protocol incorporated into Microsoft Windows.

HH. UPS: Uninterruptible power supply.

II. USB: Universal Serial Bus.

JJ.

KK.

LL.

A.

User Datagram Protocol (UDP): This protocol assumes that the IP is used as the underlying protocol.

VAV: Variable air volume.

WLED: White light emitting diode.

ACTION SUBMITTALS

Multiple Submissions:

1. If multiple submissions are required to execute work within schedule, first submit a coordinated schedule clearly defining intent of multiple submissions. Include a proposed date of each submission with a detailed description of submittal content to be included in each submission.

2. Clearly identify each submittal requirement indicated and in which submission the information will be provided.

3. Include an updated schedule in each subsequent submission with changes highlighted to easily track the changes made to previous submitted schedule.

B. Product Data: For each type of product include the following:

1. Construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.

100051538 230923-4 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC 122081 MDC Fish America

Building Replacement

Page 84: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2. Operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished accessories indicating process operating range, accuracy over range, control signal over range, default control signal with loss of power, calibration data specific to each unique application, electrical power requirements, and limitations of ambient operating environment, including temperature and humidity.

3. Product description with complete technical data, performance curves, and product specification sheets.

4. Installation, operation and maintenance instructions including factors effecting performance.

5. When manufacturer's product datasheets apply to a product series rather than a specific product model, clearly indicate and highlight only applicable information.

6. Each submitted piece of product literature shall clearly cross reference specification and drawings that submittal is to cover.

C. Shop Drawings:

1. General Requirements:

a. Include cover drawing with Project name, location, Owner, Architect, Contractor and issue date with each Shop Drawings submission.

b. Include a drawing index sheet listing each drawing number and title that matches information in each title block.

c. Prepare Drawings using CAD. d. Drawings Size: No larger than 22" x 34".

2. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details where applicable. 3. Include details of product assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required

clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

4. Detail means of vibration isolation and show attachments to rotating equipment. 5. Plan Drawings indicating the following:

a. Screened backgrounds of walls, structural grid lines, HVAC equipment, ductwork and piping.

b. Room names and numbers with coordinated placement to avoid interference with control products indicated.

c. Each desktop operator workstation, server, gateway, router, DOC controller, control panel instrument connecting to DOC controller, and damper and valve connecting to DOC controller, if included in Project.

d. Exact placement of products in rooms, ducts, and piping to reflect proposed installed condition.

e. Network communication cable and raceway routing. f. Information, drawn to scale, of not less than 1/8" = 1 '-0". g. Proposed routing of wiring, cabling, conduit, and tubing, coordinated with building

services for review before installation.

6. Schematic drawings for each controlled HVAC system indicating the following:

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-5 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 85: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

a. 1/0 points labeled with point names shown. Indicate instrument range, normal operating set points, and alarm set points. Indicate fail position of each damper and valve, if included in Project.

b. 1/0 listed in table format showing point name, type of device, manufacturer, model number, and cross-reference to product data sheet number.

c. A graphic showing location of control 1/0 in proper relationship to HVAC system. d. Wiring diagram with each 1/0 point having a unique identification and indicating

labels for all wiring terminals. e. Unique identification of each 1/0 that shall be consistently used between different

drawings showing same point. f. Elementary wiring diagrams of controls for HVAC equipment motor circuits

including interlocks, switches, relays and interface to DOC controllers. g. Narrative sequence of operation. h. Graphic sequence of operation, showing all inputs and output logical blocks.

7. Control panel drawings indicating the following:

a. Panel dimensions, materials, size, and location of field cable, raceways, and tubing connections.

b. Interior subpanel layout, drawn to scale and showing all internal components, cabling and wiring raceways, nameplates and allocated spare space.

c. Front, rear, and side elevations and nameplate legend. d. Unique drawing for each panel.

8. DOC system network riser diagram indicating the following:

a. Each device connected to network with unique identification for each. b. Interconnection of each different network in DOC system. c. For each network, indicate communication protocol, speed and physical means

of interconnecting network devices, such as copper cable type, or fiber-optic cable type. Indicate raceway type and size for each.

d. Each network port for connection of an operator workstation or other type of operator interface with unique identification for each.

9. DOC system electrical power riser diagram indicating the following:

a. Each point of connection to field power with requirements (volts/phase//hertz/amperes/connection type) listed for each.

b. Each control power supply including, as applicable, transformers, power-line conditioners, transient voltage suppression and high filter noise units, DC power supplies, and UPS units with unique identification for each.

c. Each product requiring power with requirements (volts/phase//hertz/amperes/connection type) listed for each.

d. Power wiring type and size, race type, and size for each.

10. Monitoring and control signal diagrams indicating the following:

a. Control signal cable and wiring between controllers and 1/0. b. Point-to-point schematic wiring diagrams for each product.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-6 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 86: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

c. Control signal tubing to sensors, switches and transmitters. d. Process signal tubing to sensors, switches and transmitters.

11. Color graphics indicating the following:

a. Itemized list of color graphic displays to be provided. b. For each display screen to be provided, a true color copy showing layout of

pictures, graphics and data displayed. c. Intended operator access between related hierarchical display screens.

D. System Description:

1. Full description of DOC system architecture, network configuration, operator interfaces and peripherals, servers, controller types and applications, gateways, routers and other network devices, and power supplies.

2. Complete listing and description of each report, log and trend for format and timing and events which initiate generation.

3. System and product operation under each potential failure condition including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Loss of power. b. Loss of network communication signal. c. Loss of controller signals to inputs and outpoints. d. Operator workstation failure. e. Server failure. f. Gateway failure. g. Network failure h. Controller failure. i. Instrument failure. j. Control damper and valve actuator failure. k. <Insert potential failure conditions>.

4. Complete bibliography of documentation and media to be delivered to Owner. 5. Description of testing plans and procedures. 6. Description of Owner training.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.0 SECTION INCLUDES

2.1 General Description 2.2 Operator Interface 2.3 System Controller 2.4 Terminal Unit Damper Programmable Controllers 2.5 Ventilation Unit Interface

2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

A. The control system will be a web-based Trane Tracer Concierge TM or equivalent. The master system controller will be capable of communication via BACnet/lP, BACnet

100051538 230923-7 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) 122081 MDC Fish America SYSTEM FOR HVAC Building Replacement

Page 87: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

MS/TP, BACnet over ZigBee, Modbus RTU, Modbus IP, and LonTalk™ protocols simultaneously at the system level to allow for seamless integration with future equipment expansions. The system will employ packaged programming to facilitate association between rooftop units, variable volume terminal units, and bypass dampers (Trane VAS and Area Control or equivalent). The system will also feature stock programming to facilitate zone based voting for changeover bypass operation when applicable.

2.2 OPERATOR INTERFACE

A. The operator interface will be a touch screen application program accessed through a local WiFi enabled 1 O" LCD panel. (Trane Concierge TM Display or equivalent)

1. The operator interface will consist of individual graphical widgets associated with each temperature control zone. Widgets will display the active zone temperature, active zone set point, and active zone occupancy state at all times and will feature touch based commands allowing the user to modify the space temperature set point and initiate timed occupancy overrides.

2. The operator interface will be graphically scaled to allow widgets for up to five zones to be displayed simultaneously without the need for scrolling or swiping.

3. The operator interface will also feature a master scheduling screen allowing the user to set a general occupancy schedule for the system as well as make temporary scheduling adjustments.

B. The operator interface will a feature a light version incorporated into a free smartphone application (Trane Tracer Concierge TM App or equivalent). The application must be compatible with devices running Apple iOS 5 or later and Google Android 4.0 or later. Logging into a web based system interface via a smartphone or tablet web browser will not be considered equivalent to a dedicated smartphone application. The user interface of the free smartphone application much match that of the dedicated LCD panel in both appearance and functionality to simplify user interaction with the system.

C. A dedicated PC will not be required to access the operator interface. Systems employing local PC workstations or proprietary PC software to facilitate system access will not be acceptable.

2.3 SYSTEM CONTROLLER

A. The system will employ a single master supervisory controller capable of networking the various lower level controllers together via a dedicated communication network and serving up the appropriate data to the operator interface. (Trane Tracer SC™ or approved equivalent)

1. The System Controller will have sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-8 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 88: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2. The controller will provide a USB communications port for connection to a PC for service and setup purposes. The PC connection will not be used to facilitate the operator interface.

3. The operating system of the Controller will manage the input and output communications signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual point information and allow central monitoring and alarms.

4. All System Controllers will have a real time clock. 5. The System Controller will continually check the status of its processor and memory

circuits. If an abnormal operation is detected, the controller will:

a. Assume a predetermined failure mode. b. Generate an alarm notification. c. Create a retrievable file of the state of all applicable memory locations at the time

of the failure. d. Automatically reset the System Controller to return to a normal operating mode.

6. Environment

a. Controller hardware will be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions. Controller used in conditioned ambient will be mounted in an enclosure, and will be rated for operation at -40 F to 122 F.

7. Clock Synchronization

a. All System Controllers will be able to synchronize with a NTP server for automatic time synchronization.

b. All System Controllers will be able to accept a BACnet time synchronization command for automatic time synchronization.

c. All System Controllers will automatically adjust for daylight savings time if applicable.

8. Serviceability

a. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communications, and processor. b. The System Controller will have a display on the main board that indicates the

current operating mode of the controller. c. All wiring connections will be made to field removable, modular terminal

connectors. d. The System controller will utilize standard DIN mounting methods for installation

and replacement.

9. Memory

a. The System Controller will maintain all BIOS and programming information indefinitely without power to the System controller

10. Immunity to power and noise

a. Controller will be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage rating and will perform an orderly shut-down below 80% nominal voltage

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-9 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 89: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

11. BACnet Test Labs (BTL) Listing. Each System Controller will be listed as a Building Controller (B-BC) by the BACnet Test Labs.

2.4 TERMINAL UNIT & BYPASS DAMPER PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS

A. Controllers will be Trane UC210 fully programmable units or approved equivalent. Controller will be capable of emergency standalone operation. If communication with the master system controllers is lost, the controller will continue to operate utilizing local programming and set points.

B. Terminal Unit Controllers are controllers that operate equipment that control the space temperature of a single zone or a bypass damper serving a set of zones.

1. Environment Controller hardware will be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions.

a. Storage: -55 to 203 F (-48 to 95 C) and 5 to 95% Rh, non-condensing. b. Operating: -40 to 158 F (-40 to 70 C) and 5 to 95% Rh, non-condensing. c. Controllers will be mounted within NEMA 4 type waterproof enclosures, and will

be rated for operation at -40 F to 158 F [-40 C to 70 C].

2. Input/Output:

a. For flexibility in selection and replacement of valves, the controllers will be capable of supporting all of the following valve control types 0-10VDC, 0-5VDC, 4-20mA, 24VAC floating point, 24VAC - 2 position (Normally Open or Normally Closed).

b. For flexibility in selection and replacement of sensors, the controllers will be capable of reading sensor input ranges of O to1 OV, 0 to 20mA, pulse counts, and 200 to 20Kohm.

c. For flexibility in selection and replacement of binary sensors, the controller will support dry and wetted (24VAC) binary inputs.

d. For flexibility in selection and replacement devices, the controller's will have binary output which are able to drive at least 12VA each.

e. For flexibility in selection and replacement of motors, the controller will be capable of outputting 24VAC (binary output), DC voltage (0 to 10VDC minimum range) and PWM (in the 80 to 100 Hz range).

f. For future needs, any 1/0 that is unused by functionality of equipment control will be available to be used by custom program on the controller and by another controller on the network.

3. Serviceability - The controller will provide the following in order to improve serviceability of the controller.

100051538

a. Diagnostic LEDs will indicate correct operation or failures/faults for all of the following: power, sensors, BACnet communications, and 1/0 communications bus.

b. All binary output will have LED's indicating the output state. c. All wiring connections will removable without the use of a tool.

230923-10 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 90: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

d. Software service tool connection through all of the following methods: direct cable connection to the controller, connection through another controller on BACnet link and through the controller's zone sensor.

e. For safety purposes, the controller will be capable of being powered by a portable computer for the purposes of configuration, programming, and testing programs so that this work can be accomplished with the power off to the equipment.

f. Capabilities to temporarily override of BACnet point values with built-in time expiration in the controller.

g. BACnet MAC Address will be set using decimal (0-9) based rotary switches. h. Configuration change will not be made in a programming environment, but rather

by a configuration page utilizing dropdown list, check boxes, and numeric boxes. i. BACnet trending objects resident on controller

1) Minimum of 20,000 trending points total on controller 2) Will be capable of trending all BACnet points used by controller 3) Will be capable of 1 second sample rates on all points

4. Software Retention: All Zone Controller operating parameters, set points, BIOS, and sequence of operation code must be stored in non-volatile memory in order to maintain such information for months without power.

5. Transformer for the controller must be rated at minimum of 115% of ASC power consumption, and will be fused or current limiting type. 24 VAC, +/- 15% nominal, 50-60 Hz, 24 VA plus binary output loads, for a maximum of 12 VA for each binary output.

6. Agency Approval: The controller will meet Agency Compliance:

a. UL916 PAZX, Open Energy Management Equipment b. UL94-5V, Flammability c. FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Limit

2.5 VENTILATION UNIT & SPLIT SYSTEM INTERFACE

A. Ventilation units and split DX systems will be equipped with integral factory control boards capable of interfacing with the BAS (Trane BCl-1/BCI-R cards or equivalent). Factory control boards will be capable of achieving all sequences of operation and serving up all required monitoring points. The use of ancillary panels or 1/0 boards to control or monitor RTUs or split systems will not be acceptable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTROL DEVICES FOR INSTALLATION BY INSTALLERS

A. Deliver selected control devices, specified in indicated HVAC instrumentation and control device Sections, to identified equipment and systems manufacturers for factory installation and to identified installers for field installation.

B. Deliver the following to duct fabricator and Installer for installation in ductwork. Include installation instructions to Installer and supervise installation for compliance with requirements.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-11 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 91: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.2

1. DOC control dampers.

C. Deliver the following to plumbing and HVAC piping installers for installation in piping. Include installation instructions to Installer and supervise installation for compliance with requirements.

1. DOC control valves.

CONTROL DEVICES FOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER FACTORY INSTALLATION

A. Deliver the following to ventilation unit manufacturer for factory installation. Include installation instructions to ventilation unit manufacturer.

1. Programmable application or application-specific controller. 2. Unit-mounted DOC control dampers and actuators. 3. Unit-mounted speed sensors, switches and transmitters. 4. Unit-mounted pressure sensors, switches and transmitters. 5. Unit-mounted temperature sensors, switches and transmitters. 6. Relays.

B. Deliver the following to terminal unit manufacturer for factory installation. Include installation instructions to terminal unit manufacturer.

1. Programmable application or application-specific controller. 2. Electric damper actuator. 3. Unit-mounted flow and pressure sensors, transmitters and transducers. 4. Unit-mounted temperature sensors. 5. Relays.

3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install products to satisfy more stringent of all requirements indicated.

B. Install products level, plumb, parallel, and perpendicular with building construction.

C. Support products, tubing, piping wiring and raceways. Brace products to prevent lateral movement and sway or a break in attachment.

D. If codes and referenced standards are more stringent than requirements indicated, comply with requirements in codes and referenced standards.

E. Fabricate openings and install sleeves in ceilings, floors, roof, and walls required by installation of products. Before proceeding with drilling, punching, and cutting, check for concealed work to avoid damage. Patch, flash, grout, seal, and refinish openings to match adjacent condition.

F. Firestop penetrations made in fire-rated assemblies.

G. Seal penetrations made in acoustically rated assemblies. 100051538 230923-12 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) 122081 MDC Fish America SYSTEM FOR HVAC Building Replacement

Page 92: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

H. Welding Requirements:

1. Restrict welding and burning to supports and bracing. 2. No equipment shall be cut or welded without approval. Welding or cutting will not be

approved if there is risk of damage to adjacent Work. 3. Welding, where approved, shall be by inert-gas electric arc process and shall be

performed by qualified welders according to applicable welding codes. 4. If requested on-site, show satisfactory evidence of welder certificates indicating

ability to perform welding work intended.

I. Fastening Hardware:

1. Stillson wrenches, pliers, and other tools that damage surfaces of rods, nuts, and other parts are prohibited for work of assembling and tightening fasteners.

2. Tighten bolts and nuts firmly and uniformly. Do not overstress threads by excessive force or by oversized wrenches.

3. Lubricate threads of bolts, nuts and screws with graphite and oil before assembly.

J. If product locations are not indicated, install products in locations that are accessible and that will permit service and maintenance from floor, equipment platforms, or catwalks without removal of permanently installed furniture and equipment.

K. Corrosive Environments:

1. Avoid or limit use of materials in corrosive airstreams and environments, including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Laboratory exhaust-air streams. b. Process exhaust-air streams.

2. When conduit is in contact with a corrosive airstream and environment, use Type 316 stainless-steel conduit and fittings or conduit and fittings that are coated with a corrosive-resistant coating that is suitable for environment. Comply with requirements for installation of raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems."

3. Where instruments are located in a corrosive airstream and are not corrosive resistant from manufacturer, field install products in NEMA 250, Type 4X enclosure constructed of Type 316L stainless steel.

3.4 ELECTRIC POWER CONNECTIONS

A. Connect electrical power to DOC system products requiring electrical power connections.

B. Design of electrical power to products not indicated with electric power is delegated to DOC system provider and installing trade. Work shall comply with NFPA 70 and other requirements indicated.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-13 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 93: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.5

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

DDC SYSTEM 1/0 CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Check installed products before continuity tests, leak tests and calibration.

Check instruments for proper location and accessibility.

Check instruments for proper installation on direction of flow, elevation, orientation, insertion depth, or other applicable considerations that will impact performance.

Check instrument tubing for proper isolation, fittings, slope, dirt legs, drains, material and support.

For pneumatic products, verify that air supply for each product is properly installed.

F. Control Damper Checkout:

1. Verify that control dampers are installed correctly for flow direction. 2. Verify that proper blade alignment, either parallel or opposed, has been provided. 3. Verify that damper frame attachment is properly secured and sealed. 4. Verify that damper actuator and linkage attachment is secure. 5. Verify that actuator wiring is complete, enclosed and connected to correct power

source. 6. Verify that damper blade travel is unobstructed.

G. Control Valve Checkout:

1. Verify that control valves are installed correctly for flow direction. 2. Verify that valve body attachment is properly secured and sealed. 3. Verify that valve actuator and linkage attachment is secure. 4. Verify that actuator wiring is complete, enclosed and connected to corect power

source. 5. Verify that valve ball, disc or plug travel is unobstructed. 6. After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before insulating and

balancing, inspect each valve for leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks. Replace the valve if leaks persist.

3.6 DDC SYSTEM 1/0 ADJUSTMENT, CALIBRATION AND TESTING:

A. Calibrate each instrument installed that is not factory calibrated and provided with calibration documentation.

B. Provide a written description of proposed field procedures and equipment for calibrating each type of instrument. Submit procedures before calibration and adjustment.

C. For each analog instrument, make a three-point test of calibration for both linearity and accuracy.

D. Equipment and procedures used for calibration shall comply with instrument manufacturer's written instructions.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-14 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 94: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

E. Provide diagnostic and test equipment for calibration and adjustment.

F. Field instruments and equipment used to test and calibrate installed instruments shall have accuracy at least twice the instrument accuracy being calibrated. An installed instrument with an accuracy of 1 percent shall be checked by an instrument with an accuracy of 0.5 percent.

G. Calibrate each instrument according to instrument instruction manual supplied by manufacturer.

H. If after calibration indicated performance cannot be achieved, replace out-of-tolerance instruments.

I. Comply with field testing requirements and procedures indicated by ASHRAE's Guideline 11, "Field Testing of HVAC Control Components," in the absence of specific requirements, and to supplement requirements indicated.

J. Analog Signals:

1. Check analog voltage signals using a precision voltage meter at zero, 50, and 100 percent.

2. Check analog current signals using a precision current meter at zero, 50, and 100 percent.

3. Check resistance signals for temperature sensors at zero, 50, and 100 percent of operating span using a precision-resistant source.

K. Digital Signals:

1. Check digital signals using a jumper wire. 2. Check digital signals using an ohmmeter to test for contact making or breaking.

L. Control Dampers:

1. Stroke and adjust control dampers following manufacturer's recommended procedure, from 100 percent open to 100 percent closed and back to 100 percent open.

2. Stroke control dampers with pilot positioners. Adjust damper and positioner following manufacturer's recommended procedure, so damper is 100 percent closed, 50 percent closed and 100 percent open at proper air pressure.

3. Check and document open and close cycle times for applications with a cycle time less than 30 seconds.

4. For control dampers equipped with positive position indication, check feedback signal at multiple positions to confirm proper position indication.

M. Control Valves:

1. Stroke and adjust control valves following manufacturer's recommended procedure, from 100 percent open to 100 percent closed and back to 100 percent open.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-15 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 95: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2. Stroke control valves with pilot positioners. Adjust valve and positioner following manufacturer's recommended procedure, so valve is 100 percent closed, 50 percent closed and 100 percent open at proper air pressures.

3. Check and document open and close cycle times for applications with a cycle time less than 30 seconds.

4. For control valves equipped with positive position indication, check feedback signal at multiple positions to confirm proper position indication.

N. Sensors: Check sensors at zero, 50, and 100 percent of Project design values.

0. Switches: Calibrate switches to make or break contact at set points indicated.

P. Transmitters:

1. Check and calibrate transmitters at zero, 50, and 100 percent of Project design values.

2. Calibrate resistance temperature transmitters at zero, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision-resistant source.

3.7 DOC SYSTEM CONTROLLER CHECKOUT

A. Verify power supply.

1. Verify voltage, phase and hertz. 2. Verify that protection from power surges is installed and functioning. 3. Verify that ground fault protection is installed. 4. If applicable, verify if connected to UPS unit. 5. If applicable, verify if connected to a backup power source. 6. If applicable, verify that power conditioning units, transient voltage suppression and

high-frequency noise filter units are installed.

B. Verify that wire and cabling is properly secured to terminals and labeled with unique identification.

C. Verify that spare 1/0 capacity is provided.

3.8 DOC CONTROLLER 1/0 CONTOL LOOP TESTS

A. Testing:

1. Test every 1/0 point connected to DOC controller to verify that safety and operating control set points are as indicated and as required to operate controlled system safely and at optimum performance.

2. Test every 1/0 point throughout its full operating range. 3. Test every control loop to verify operation is stable and accurate. 4. Adjust control loop proportional, integral and derivative settings to achieve optimum

performance while complying with performance requirements indicated. Document testing of each control loop's precision and stability via trend logs.

5. Test and adjust every control loop for proper operation according to sequence of operation.

100051538 230923-16 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) 122081 MDC Fish America SYSTEM FOR HVAC Building Replacement

Page 96: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

6. Test software and hardware interlocks for proper operation. Correct deficiencies. 7. Operate each analog point at the following:

a. Upper quarter of range. b. Lower quarter of range. c. At midpoint of range.

3.9 DOC SYSTEM VALIDATION TESTS

A. Perform validation tests before requesting final review of system. Before beginning testing, first submit Pretest Checklist and Test Plan.

B. After approval of Test Plan, execute all tests and procedures indicated in plan.

C. After testing is complete, submit completed test checklist.

D. Pretest Checklist: Submit the following list with items checked off once verified:

1. Detailed explanation for any items that are not completed or verified. 2. Required mechanical installation work is successfully completed and HVAC

equipment is working correctly. 3. HVAC equipment motors operate below full-load amperage ratings. 4. Required DOC system components, wiring, and accessories are installed. 5. Installed DOC system architecture matches approved Drawings. 6. Control electric power circuits operate at proper voltage and are free from faults. 7. Required surge protection is installed. 8. DOC system network communications function properly, including uploading and

downloading programming changes. 9. Using BACnet protocol analyzer, verify that communications are error free. 10. Each controller's programming is backed up. 11. Equipment, products, tubing, wiring cable and conduits are properly labeled. 12. All 1/0 points are programmed into controllers. 13. Testing, adjusting and balancing work affecting controls is complete. 14. Dampers and actuators zero and span adjustments are set properly. 15. Each control damper and actuator goes to failed position on loss of power. 16. Valves and actuators zero and span adjustments are set properly. 17. Each control valve and actuator goes to failed position on loss of power. 18. Meter, sensor and transmitter readings are accurate and calibrated. 19. Control loops are tuned for smooth and stable operation. 20. View trend data where applicable. 21. Each controller works properly in standalone mode. 22. Safety controls and devices function properly. 23. Interfaces with fire-alarm system function properly. 24. Electrical interlocks function properly. 25. Operator workstations and other interfaces are delivered, all system and database

software is installed, and graphic are created. 26. Record Drawings are completed.

E. Test Plan:

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-17 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 97: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Prepare and submit a validation test plan including test procedures for performance validation tests.

2. Test plan shall address all specified functions of DOC system and sequences of operation.

3. Explain detailed actions and expected results to demonstrate compliance with requirements indicated.

4. Explain method for simulating necessary conditions of operation used to demonstrate performance.

5. Include a test checklist to be used to check and initial that each test has been successfully completed.

6. Submit test plan documentation 20 business days before start of tests.

F. Validation Test:

1. Verify operating performance of each 1/0 point in DOC system. 2. Verify analog 1/0 points at operating value. 3. Make adjustments to out-of-tolerance 1/0 points.

a. Identify 1/0 points for future reference. b. Simulate abnormal conditions to demonstrate proper function of safety devices. c. Replace instruments and controllers that cannot maintain performance indicated

after adjustments. d. Simulate conditions to demonstrate proper sequence of control. e. Readjust settings to design values and observe ability of DOC system to

establish desired conditions.

4. After 24 Hours following Initial Validation Test:

a. Re-check 1/0 points that required corrections during initial test. b. Identify 1/0 points that still require additional correction and make corrections

necessary to achieve desired results.

5. After 24 Hours of Second Validation Test:

a. Re-check 1/0 points that required corrections during second test. b. Continue validation testing until 1/0 point is normal on two consecutive tests.

6. Completely check out, calibrate, and test all connected hardware and software to ensure that DOC system performs according to requirements indicated.

7. After validation testing is complete, prepare and submit a report indicating all 1/0 points that required correction and how many validation re-tests it took to pass. Identify adjustments made for each test and indicate instruments that were replaced.

G. DOC System Response Time Test:

1. Simulate HLC.

a. Heavy load shall be an occurrence of 50 percent of total connected binary COV, one-half of which represent an "alarm" condition, and 50 percent of total

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-18 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 98: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

connected analog COV, one-half of which represent an "alarm" condition, that are initiated simultaneously on a one-time basis.

2. Initiate 10 successive occurrences of HLC and measure response time to typical alarms and status changes.

3. Measure with a timer having at least 0.1-second resolution and 0.01 percent accuracy.

4. Purpose of test is to demonstrate DOC system, as follows:

a. Reaction to COV and alarm conditions during HLC. b. Ability to update DOC system database during HLC.

5. Passing test is contingent on the following:

a. Alarm reporting at printer beginning no more than [two] <Insert number> seconds after the initiation (time zero) of HLC.

b. All alarms, both binary and analog, are reported and printed; none are lost. c. Compliance with response times specified.

6. Prepare and submit a report documenting HLC tested and results of test including time stamp and print out of all alarms.

H. DOC System Network Bandwidth Test:

1. Test network bandwidth usage on all DOC system networks to demonstrate bandwidth usage under DOC system normal operating conditions and under simulated HLC.

2. To pass, none of DOC system networks shall use more than 70 percent of available bandwidth under normal and HLC operation.

3.10 DOC SYSTEM WIRELESS NETWORK VERIFICATION

A. DOC system Installer shall design wireless DOC system networks to comply with performance requirements indicated.

B. Installer shall verify wireless network performance through field testing and shall document results in a field test report.

C. Testing and verification of all wireless devices shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

1. Speed. 2. Online status. 3. Signal strength.

3.11 ADJUSTING

A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-19 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 99: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

conditions. Provide up to four visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose.

3.12 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall include 12 months' full maintenance by DOC system manufacturer's authorized service representative. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, cleaning, calibration and adjusting as required for proper operation. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies.

3.13 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative with complete knowledge of Project­specific system installed to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain DOC system.

B. Extent of Training:

1. Base extent of training on scope and complexity of DOC system indicated and training requirements indicated. Provide extent of training required to satisfy requirements indicated even if more than minimum training requirements are indicated.

2. Inform Owner of anticipated training requirements if more than minimum training requirements are indicated.

3. Minimum Training Requirements:

a. Provide not less than two days of training total. b. Stagger training over multiple training classes to accommodate Owner's

requirements. All training shall occur before end of warranty period. c. Total days of training shall be broken into not more than four separate training

classes.

C. Training Schedule:

1. Schedule training with Owner 20 business days before expected Substantial Completion.

2. Schedule training to provide Owner with at least 20 business days of notice in advance of training.

3. Training shall occur within normal business hours at a mutually agreed on time. Unless otherwise agreed to, training shall occur Monday through Friday, except on U.S. Federal holidays, with one morning session and one afternoon session. Morning and afternoon sessions shall be separated by 60-minute lunch period. Training, including breaks and excluding lunch period, shall not exceed eight hours per day.

4. Provide staggered training schedule as requested by Owner.

D. Video of Training Sessions:

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

230923-20 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 100: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Provide a digital video and audio recording of each training session. Create a separate recording file for each session.

2. Stamp each recording file with training session number, session name and date. 3. Provide Owner with two copies of digital files on DVDs or flash drives for later

reference and for use in future training. 4. Owner retains right to make additional copies for intended training purposes without

having to pay royalties.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

230923-21 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DOC) SYSTEM FOR HVAC

Page 101: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

SECTION 23 11 26

FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01 00 00 - "Special Conditions" apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Pipes, tubes, and fittings. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Piping and tubing joining materials. 4. Valves. 5. Pressure regulators. 6. Storage container

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.

B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.

C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

D. LPG: Liquefied-petroleum gas.

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Minimum Operating-Pressure Ratings:

1. For Piping Containing Only Vapor:

a. Piping and Valves: 125 psig unless otherwise indicated.

2. For Piping Containing Liquid:

a. Piping between Shutoff Valves: 350 psig unless otherwise indicated. b. Piping Other Than Above: 250 psig unless otherwise indicated.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 1 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 102: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

c. Valves and Fittings: 250 psig unless otherwise indicated.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of the following:

1. Piping and piping specialties. 2. Storage Tank 3. Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of

selected models. 4. Pressure regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities. 5. Dielectric fittings.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data: For LPG equipment and accessories to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Steel Support Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1 .1/01 .1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

C. Installation shall comply in all regards with NFPA 58.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and dispose of liquids from existing LPG piping according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.

C. Store pipes and tubes with protective PE coating to avoid damaging coating and protect from direct sunlight.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility-locating service for area where Project is located.

1.9 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 2 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 103: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS

A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedules 40, Type E or S, Grade B.

1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME 816.3, Class 150, standard pattern. 2. Unions: ASME 816.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint,

and threaded ends.

3. Protective Coating for Underground Piping: Factory-applied, three-layer coating of epoxy, adhesive, and PE.

a. Joint Cover Kits: Epoxy paint, adhesive, and heat-shrink PE sleeves.

B. Corrugated, Stainless-Steel Tubing: Comply with ANSI/IAS LC 1.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. OmegaFlex, Inc. b. Titeflex. c. Gas-Tite.

2. Tubing: ASTM A 240/A 240M, corrugated, Series 300 stainless steel. 3. Coating: PE with flame retardant.

a. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1) Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. 2) Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less.

4. Fittings: Copper-alloy mechanical fittings with ends made to fit and listed for use with corrugated stainless-steel tubing and capable of metal-to-metal seal without gaskets. Include brazing socket or threaded ends complying with ASME 81 .20.1.

5. Striker Plates: Steel, designed to protect tubing from penetrations. 6. Manifolds: Malleable iron or steel with factory-applied protective coating. Threaded

connections shall comply with ASME 81 .20.1 for pipe inlet and corrugated tubing outlets. 7. Operating-Pressure Rating: 5 psig.

2.2 PIPING SPECIAL TIES

A. Appliance Flexible Connectors:

1. Indoor, Fixed-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24. 2. Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75. 3. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with polymer coating. 4. Operating-Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 3 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 104: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

5. End Fittings: Zinc-coated steel. 6. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1 .20.1. 7. Maximum Length: 72 inches

2.3 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for LPG.

2.4 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES

A. See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services.

B. Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller for Liquid Service: Comply with ASME B16.33 and UL 842.

1. CWP Rating: 250 psig. 2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1 .20.1. 3. Socket ends for brazed joints. 4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas

Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.

5. Listing by CSA or agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch and smaller.

6. Valves 1-1/4 inch and larger shall be suitable for LPG service, with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

C. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller for Vapor Service: Comply with ASME B16.33.

1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1 .20.1. 3. Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1 .20.3. 4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas

Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.

5. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch and smaller.

6. Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inch to NPS 2 shall have initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body.

D. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Comply with ASME B16.38.

1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2. Flanged Ends: Comply with ASME B16.5 for steel flanges. 3. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas

Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.

4. Service Mark: Initials "WOG" shall be permanently marked on valve body.

E. One-Piece, Bronze Ball Valve with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 4 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 105: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. c. NIBCO Inc.

2. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. 4. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. 5. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. 6. Packing: Separate packnut with adjustable-stem packing threaded ends. 7. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff

Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 8. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to

authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for LPG service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

F. Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. c. NIBCO Inc.

2. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3. Ball: Chrome-plated bronze. 4. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. 5. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. 6. Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing. 7. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff

Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 8. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to

authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for LPG service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

G. Bronze Plug Valves: MSS SP-78.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. b. Lee Brass Co. c. Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div.

2. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3. Plug: Bronze.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 5 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 106: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

4. Ends: Threaded, socket, or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.

5. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. 6. Pressure Class: 125 psig. 7. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to

authorities having jurisdiction. 8. Service: Suitable for LPG service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

2.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS

A. General Requirements:

1. Single stage and suitable for LPG. 2. Steel jacket and corrosion-resistant components. 3. Elevation compensator. 4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for regulators

NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

B. Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. American Meter Company. b. Fisher Control Valves and Regulators; Division of Emerson Process Management. c. Maxitrol Company.

2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the

valve port. 6. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 7. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon. 8. Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum

pressure inlet and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. 9. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream and not exceed

150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. 10. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. 11. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless-steel screen in opening if not

connected to vent piping. 12. Pressure rating as required per system design see drawings.

C. Appliance Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.18.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Maxitrol Company. b. American Meter Company. c. Dormont

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 6 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 107: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber. 6. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon. 7. Factory-Applied Finish: Minimum three-layer polyester and polyurethane paint finish. 8. Regulator may include vent limiting device, instead of vent connection, if approved by

authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Pressure rating as required per system design see drawings.

2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

A. Dielectric Unions:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Central Plastics Company. b. Watts Regulator Co.; Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. c. Wilkins; Zurn Plumbing Products Group.

2. Minimum Operating-Pressure Rating: 150 psig. 3. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials. 4. Insulating materials suitable for LPG. 5. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed-joint,

plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials.

2.7 STORAGE CONTAINERS

A. Description: Factory fabricated, complying with requirements in NFPA 58 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and bearing the ASME label. Tanks shall be rated for 250-psig minimum working pressure.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. American Welding & Tank. b. Roy E. Hanson Jr. Mfg. c. Trinity Industries, Inc.

2. Liquid outlet and vapor inlet and outlet connections shall have shutoff valves with excess­flow safety shutoff valves and bypass and back-pressure check valves with smaller than 0.039-inch drill-size hole to equalize pressure. Liquid-fill connection shall have backflow check valve.

a. Connections: Color-code and tag valves to indicate type.

1) Liquid fill and outlet, red. 2) Vapor inlet and outlet, yellow.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 7 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 108: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3. Level gage shall indicate current level of liquid in the container. Gages shall also indicate storage container contents; e.g., "Propane."

4. Pressure relief valves, type and number as required by NFPA 58, connected to vapor space and having discharge piping same size as relief-valve outlet and long enough to extend at least 84 inches directly overhead. Identify relief valves as follows:

a. Discharge pressure in psig. b. Rate of discharge for standard air in cfm. c. Manufacturer's name. d. Catalog or model number.

5. Container pressure gage. 6. For outdoor installation, exposed metal surfaces mechanically cleaned, primed, and

painted for resistance to corrosion. 7. Stainless-Steel Nameplate: Attach to aboveground storage container.

a. Name and address of supplier or trade name of container. b. Water capacity in gallons and liters. c. Design pressure in psig. d. Outside surface area in sq. ft. (sq. m). e. Year of manufacture. f. Shell thickness in inches (mm). g. Overall length in feet (m). h. OD in feet (m). i. Manufacturer's serial number. j. ASME Code label.

8. Felt support pads and two concrete or painted-steel saddles per storage container. Corrosion protection required at container-to-felt contact.

9. Tie straps for each saddle. 10. Straps and anchors for tie-down slab. 11. Asphalt-based coating for corrosion protection.

2.8 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant PE film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored yellow.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine roughing-in for LPG piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 8 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 109: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.2 EARTHWORK

A. Comply with requirements in Division 31 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off LPG to premises or piping section.

B. Inspect LPG piping according to NFPA 58, NFPA 54, the International Fuel Gas Code, or Local Code requirements to determine that LPG utilization devices are turned off in piping section affected.

C. Comply with NFPA 58, NFPA 54, the International Fuel Gas Code, or Local Code requirements for prevention of accidental ignition.

3.4 OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION

3.5

A. Comply with NFPA 58, NFPA 54, the International Fuel Gas Code, or Local Code requirements for installation and purging of LPG piping.

B. Install underground, LPG piping buried at least 36 inches below finished grade. Comply with requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

1. If LPG piping is installed less than 36 inches below finished grade, install it in containment conduit.

C. Steel Piping with Protective Coating:

D.

E.

F.

A.

B.

1. Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints. 2. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating

manufacturer. 3. Replace pipe having damaged PE coating with new pipe.

Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

Joints for connection to inlets and outlets on vaporizers, air mixers, regulators, and valves may be flanged or threaded to match the equipment.

Install pressure gage downstream from each service regulator.

INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION

Comply with NFPA 54, NFPA 58, the International Fuel Gas Code, or Local code for installation and purging of LPG piping.

Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.

100051538 23 11 26 - 9 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

Page 110: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.

D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

F. Locate valves for easy access.

G. Install LPG piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps.

H. Install piping free of sags and bends.

I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

J. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

K. Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas-fired appliances and equipment for roughing-in requirements.

L. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service-meter outlets. Locate where readily accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing.

1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap.

M. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap.

N. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down.

0. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.

P. Do not use LPG piping as grounding electrode.

Q. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results For Plumbing."

R. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results. For Plumbing."

S. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results For Plumbing."

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 10 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 111: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.6 VALVE INSTALLATION

A. Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless-steel tubing, aluminum, or copper connector.

B. Install underground valves with valve boxes.

C. Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing.

3.7 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.

B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

C. Threaded Joints (Above Ground Only):

1. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1 .20.1. 2. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. 3. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID of pipe. 4. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal

threading is specified. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or

damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

3.8 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Install the following:

B. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:

1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 5. NPS 4 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch.

C. Install hangers for horizontal, corrugated stainless-steel tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:

1. NPS 3/8: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 3/4 and Larger: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod, 3/8 inch.

3.9 CONNECTIONS

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 11 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 112: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

A. Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements.

B. Install LPG piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas appliance equipment grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70.

C. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances.

D. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches of each gas-fired appliances and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment.

E. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance.

3.10 STORAGE CONTAINER INSTALLATION

A. Fill storage container to at least 80 percent capacity with propane.

B. Install piping connections with swing joints or flexible connectors to allow for storage container settlement and for thermal expansion and contraction.

C. Ground containers according to NFPA 780. Grounding is specified in Section 264113 "Lightning Protection for Structures."

D. Set storage containers in felt pads on concrete or steel saddles. Install corrosion protection at container-to-felt contact.

E. Install tie-downs over storage containers on saddles with proper tension.

F. Set concrete saddles on dowels set in concrete base. Anchor steel saddles to concrete base.

G. Set storage container on concrete ballast base large enough to offset buoyancy of empty storage container immersed in water.

H. Install tie-down straps over container anchored in ballast base and repair damaged coating.

3.11 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

A. Label all above ground LP piping.

B. Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.

3.12 PAINTING

A. Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for painting interior and exterior LP piping.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 12 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 113: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

B. Paint exposed, exterior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components with factory-applied paint or protective coating.

1. Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1 D.

a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel flat. d. Color: Gray.

C. Paint exposed, interior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components with factory-applied paint or protective coating.

1. Latex Over Alkyd Primer System: MPI INT 5.1 Q.

a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex flat. d. Color: Safety yellow.

D. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-applied finishes with materials and by procedures to match original factory finish.

3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform tests and inspections.

B. Tests and Inspections:

1. Test, inspect, and purge LPG according to NFPA 58, NFPA 54 or Local Code requirements.

C. LPG piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.14 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain LPG equipment.

3.15 OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE

A. Underground LPG piping shall be one of the following:

1. Schedule 40, steel pipe with malleable-iron threaded fittings. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 13 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 114: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

B. Aboveground LPG vapor piping shall be one of the following:

1. Schedule 40, steel pipe with malleable-iron threaded fittings.

3.16 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE:

A. Aboveground piping shall be the following:

1. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with mechanical fittings having socket or threaded ends to match adjacent piping.

2. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.

3.17 ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE

A. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller shall be listed for use with natural gas and shall be one of the following:

1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. 2. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 3. Bronze plug valve.

B. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger shall be listed for use with natural gas and shall be one of the following:

1. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve.

END OF SECTION 23 11 26

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

23 11 26 - 14 FACILITY LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS PIPING

100% Construction documents Issued: 04-28-17

Page 115: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

SECTION 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes pipe and fitting materials and joining methods for the following:

1. Chilled-water piping.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure and temperature unless otherwise indicated:

1. Chilled-Water Piping: 150 psig at 200 deg F.

2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

A. Drawn-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L.

2.3 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813.

B. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for joining copper with copper; or BAg-1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

232113-1 HYDRONIC PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 116: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2.4 TRANSITION FITTINGS

A. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings:

1. One-piece fitting with one threaded brass or copper insert and one solvent­cement-joint end of material and wall thickness to match plastic pipe material.

B. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions:

1. Brass or copper end, solvent-cement-joint end of material and wall thickness to match plastic pipe material, rubber gasket, and threaded union.

2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined.

B. Dielectric Unions:

1. Description:

a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F. c. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.

C. Dielectric Flanges:

1. Description:

a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly. c. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F. d. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded

solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.

D. Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits:

1. Description:

a. Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. c. Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic. d. Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene. e. Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers.

100051538 232113-2 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

HYDRONIC PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 117: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. Chilled-water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following:

1. Type L, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and brazed joints.

3.2 PIPING INSTALLATIONS

A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.

B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

E. Install piping to permit valve servicing.

F. Install piping at indicated slopes.

G. Install piping free of sags and bends.

H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

I. Install piping to allow application of insulation.

J. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

K. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves.

L. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage.

M. Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow.

N. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

232113-3 HYDRONIC PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 118: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

0. Install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected to the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed risers, connect the branch to the top of the main pipe.

P. Install valves according to Section 230523.12 "Ball Valves for HVAC Piping,".

Q. Install unions in piping, NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.

R. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting.

S. Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for identifying piping.

T. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping."

U. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping."

V. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping."

3.3 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION

A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing.

B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric unions.

3.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Comply with requirements in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for hanger, support, and anchor devices. Comply with the following requirements for maximum spacing of supports.

B. Install hangers for drawn-temper copper piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:

1. NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2. NPS 1: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 3. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5. NPS 2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

100051538 232113-4 HYDRONIC PIPING 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 119: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.

B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

C. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M.

D. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1 .20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:

1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified.

2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

3.6 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS

A. Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment connections.

B. Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment.

C. Install bypass piping with ball valve around control valve. If parallel control valves are installed, only one bypass is required.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows:

1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test.

2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing.

3. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace strainer screens.

4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment.

5. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

232113-5 HYDRONIC PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 120: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

B. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping:

1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used.

2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air. Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid.

3. Isolate expansion tanks and determine that hydronic system is full of water. 4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times

the system's working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A in ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping."

5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks.

6. Prepare written report of testing.

C. Perform the following before operating the system:

1. Open manual valves fully. 2. Inspect pumps for proper rotation. 3. Inspect air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and

operating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type).

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

232113-6 HYDRONIC PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 121: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

SECTION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Refrigerant pipes and fittings. 2. Refrigerant piping valves and specialties. 3. Refrigerants.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of valve and refrigerant piping specialty.

1. Include pressure drop, based on manufacturer's test data, for the following:

a. Thermostatic expansion valves. b. Solenoid valves. c. Filter dryers. d. Strainers.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For refrigerant valves and piping specialties to include in maintenance manuals.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

B. Comply with ASH RAE 15, "Safety Code for Refrigeration Systems."

C. Comply with ASME 831.5, "Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components."

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

232300-1 REFRIGERANT PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 122: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1.6 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Store piping with end caps in place to ensure that piping interior and exterior are clean when installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-134a:

1. Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: 225 psig. 2. Liquid Lines: 225 psig.

B. Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-410A:

1. Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: 535 psig. 2. Liquid Lines: 535 psig.

2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

A Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K underground or Labove ground.

B. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.

C. Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22.

D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M.

E. Flexible Connectors:

1. Body: Tin-bronze bellows with woven, flexible, tinned-bronze-wire-reinforced protective jacket.

2. End Connections: Socket ends. 3. Offset Performance: Capable of minimum 3/4-inch misalignment in minimum 7-

inch- long assembly. 4. Working Pressure Rating: Factory test at minimum 500 psig. 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. 6. May be used for final connections to equipment only.

2.3 VALVES AND SPECIALTIES

A. Thermostatic Expansion Valves: Comply with AHRI 750.

Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Forged brass. 1. 2. Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

232300-2 REFRIGERANT PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 123: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3. Packing and Gaskets: Non-asbestos. 4. Capillary and Bulb: Copper tubing filled with refrigerant charge. 5. Suction Temperature: 40 deg F. 6. Superheat: Adjustable 7. Reverse-flow option (for heat-pump applications). 8. End Connections: Socket, flare, or threaded union. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 700 psig.

B. Moisture/Liquid Indicators:

1. Body: Forged brass. 2. Window: Replaceable, clear, fused glass window with indicating element

protected by filter screen. 3. Indicator: Color coded to show moisture content in parts per million (ppm). 4. Minimum Moisture Indicator Sensitivity: Indicate moisture above 60 ppm. 5. End Connections: Socket or flare. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.

C. Replaceable-Core Filter Dryers: Comply with AHRI 730.

1. Body and Cover: Painted-steel shell with ductile-iron cover, stainless-steel screws, and neoprene gaskets.

2. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless-steel support. 3. Desiccant Media: Activated alumina. 4. Designed for reverse flow (for heat-pump applications). 5. End Connections: Socket. 6. Access Ports: NPS 1/4 connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure

differential measurement. 7. Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig. 8. Rated Flow: Rating of system. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 10. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.

2.4 REFRIGERANTS

A. ASHRAE 34, R-134a: Tetrafluoroethane.

B. ASH RAE 34, R-41 OA: Pentafluoroethane/Difluoromethane.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-134a

A. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines, and Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: Copper, Type K and Type L, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed joints.

100051538 232300-3 REFRIGERANT PIPING 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 124: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-410A

A. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines, and Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: Copper, Type K and Type L, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed joints.

3.3 VALVE AND SPECIAL TY APPLICATIONS

A. Install packed-angle valves in suction and discharge lines of compressor.

B. Install service valves for gage taps at inlet and outlet of hot-gas bypass valves and strainers if they are not an integral part of valves and strainers.

C. Except as otherwise indicated, install packed-angle valves on inlet and outlet side of filter dryers.

D. Install a full-size, three-valve bypass around filter dryers.

E. Install thermostatic expansion valves as close as possible to distributors on evaporators.

1. Install valve so diaphragm case is warmer than bulb. 2. Secure bulb to clean, straight, horizontal section of suction line using two bulb

straps. Do not mount bulb in a trap or at bottom of the line. 3. If external equalizer lines are required, make connection where it will reflect

suction-line pressure at bulb location.

F. Install safety relief valves where required by 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Pipe safety-relief-valve discharge line to outside according to ASHRAE 15.

G. Install moisture/liquid indicators in liquid line at the inlet of the thermostatic expansion valve or at the inlet of the evaporator coil capillary tube.

H. Install filter dryers in liquid line between compressor and thermostatic expansion valve.

3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems; indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings.

B. Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15.

C. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

232300-4 REFRIGERANT PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 125: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

F. Install piping adjacent to machines to allow service and maintenance.

G. Install piping free of sags and bends.

H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

I. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

J. Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of joints, elbows, and fittings.

K. Arrange piping to allow inspection and service of refrigeration equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and inspection.

L. Install refrigerant piping in protective conduit where installed below ground.

M. Install refrigerant piping in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to mechanical injury.

N. Slope refrigerant piping as follows:

1. Install horizontal hot-gas discharge piping with a uniform slope downward away from compressor.

2. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to compressor. 3. Install traps and double risers to entrain oil in vertical runs. 4. Liquid lines may be installed level.

0. When brazing, remove solenoid-valve coils and sight glasses; also remove valve stems, seats, and packing, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties. Do not apply heat near expansion-valve bulb.

P. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers or between pipes for insulation installation.

Q. Identify refrigerant piping and valves according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

R. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.

S. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs.

T. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.

100051538 232300-5 REFRIGERANT PIPING 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 126: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.

B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

C. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," Chapter "Pipe and Tube."

1. Use Type BCuP (copper-phosphorus) alloy for joining copper socket fittings with copper pipe.

2. Use Type BAg (cadmium-free silver) alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel.

3.6 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

B. Install the following pipe attachments:

1. Adjustable clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet long. 2. Roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer,

supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs.

C. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod, 1/4 inch. 2. NPS 5/8: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod, 1/4 inch. 3. NPS 1: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod, 1/4 inch. 4. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod, 3/8 inch. 5. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod, 3/8 inch.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform the following tests and inspections:

1. Comply with ASME B31.5, Chapter VI. 2. Test refrigerant piping, specialties, and receivers. Isolate compressor,

condenser, evaporator, and safety devices from test pressure if they are not rated above the test pressure.

3. Test high- and low-pressure side piping of each system separately at not less than the pressures indicated in "Performance Requirements" Article.

a. Fill system with nitrogen to the required test pressure. 100051538 232300-6 REFRIGERANT PIPING 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 127: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

b. System shall maintain test pressure at the manifold gage throughout duration of test.

c. Test joints and fittings with electronic leak detector or by brushing a small amount of soap and glycerin solution over joints.

d. Remake leaking joints using new materials, and retest until satisfactory results are achieved.

3.8 SYSTEM CHARGING

A. Charge system using the following procedures:

1. Install core in filter dryers after leak test but before evacuation. 2. Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500 micrometers. If

vacuum holds for 12 hours, system is ready for charging. 3. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig. 4. Charge system with a new filter-dryer core in charging line.

3.9 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat.

B. Adjust high- and low-pressure switch settings to avoid short cycling in response to fluctuating suction pressure.

C. Adjust set-point temperature of air-conditioning to the system design temperature.

D. Perform the following adjustments before operating the refrigeration system, according to manufacturer's written instructions:

1. Open shutoff valves in condenser water circuit. 2. Verify that compressor oil level is correct. 3. Open compressor suction and discharge valves. 4. Open refrigerant valves except bypass valves that are used for other purposes. 5. Check open compressor-motor alignment and verify lubrication for motors and

bearings.

E. Replace core of replaceable filter dryer after system has been adjusted and after design flow rates and pressures are established.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

232300-7 REFRIGERANT PIPING

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 128: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

SECTION 233116 NONMETAL DUCTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Thermoset FRP ducts and fittings.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for nonmetal ducts.

2. Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, duct-mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including duct closure, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards" and performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

1. Static-Pressure Classes:

a. Supply Ducts (Upstream from Air Terminal Units): 2-inch wg. b. Supply Ducts (Downstream from Air Terminal Units): 1-inch wg. c. Supply Ducts (in Mechanical Equipment Rooms): 2-inch wg. d. Return Ducts (Negative Pressure): 1-inch wg. e. Exhaust Ducts (Negative Pressure): 1-inch wg.

B. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions to comply with ASCE/SEI 7.

C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233116-1 NONMETAL DUCTS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 129: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of the following products:

1. Thermoset FRP duct materials.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work.

2. Fittings. 3. Reinforcement and spacing. 4. Seam and joint construction. 5. Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions. 6. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. 7. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and

vibration isolation.

C. Delegated-Design Submittal:

1. Duct materials and thicknesses. 2. Joint and seam construction and sealing. 3. Reinforcement details and spacing. 4. Design Calculations: Calculations for selecting hangers and supports.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up."

B. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation."

C. NFPA Compliance:

1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." 2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 THERMOSET FRP DUCTS AND FITTINGS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Monoxivent Co. 2. Perry Fiberglass Products, Inc.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233116-2 NONMETAL DUCTS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 130: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3. Spunstrand Inc. 4. Viron International.

B. Duct and Fittings:

1. Thermoset FRP Resin: Manufacture duct with resin that complies with UL 181, Class 1, maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested by an NRTL according to ASTM E 84.

2. Inner Liner: FSK liner rated by an NRTL to comply with UL 181, Class 1. 3. Round Duct: ASTM D 2996, Type I, Grade 2, Class E, filament-wound duct,

minimum 0.125-inch wall thickness, with tapered bell and spigot ends for adhesive joints, or plain ends with couplings.

4. Round Fittings: Compression or spray-up/contact, molded of same material, pressure class, and joining method as duct.

5. Rectangular Fittings: Minimum 0.125-inch- thick flat sheet with fiberglass roving and resin-reinforced joints and seams.

6. Double-Wall Insulated Duct: Inner and outer duct complying with requirements for "Round Duct" description above. Polyurethane foam or isocyanurate insulation with maximum thermal conductivity of 0.14 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature.

C. Joining Materials: Roving and polyester resin.

1. Fiberglass adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

D. Fabrication:

1. Fabricate joints, seams, transitions, reinforcement, elbows, branch connections, and access doors and panels according to SMACNA's "Thermoset FRP Duct Construction Manual," Chapter 7, "Requirements."

2. Fabricate 90-degree rectangular mitered elbows to include turning vanes, 90-degree round elbows with a minimum of three segments for 12 inches and smaller and a minimum of five segments for 14 inches and larger.

E. Drains: Formed drain pockets with a minimum of NPS 1 threaded pipe connections.

2.2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts.

B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233116-3 NONMETAL DUCTS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 131: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

C. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct."

D. Steel Cables: ASTM A 492, stainless steel with end connections made of cadmium­plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device.

E. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials.

F. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

DUCT INSTALLATION

Install ducts with fewest possible joints.

Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines.

Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building.

Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.

Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.

F. Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers. Comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers.

G. Protect duct interiors from the moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. Comply with SMACNA's "IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction," Appendix G, "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines."

H. Install thermoset FRP ducts and fittings to comply with SMACNA's "Thermoset FRP Duct Construction Manual."

3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Install hangers and supports for thermoset FRP ducts and fittings to comply with SMACNA's "Thermoset FRP Duct Construction Manual," Chapter 7, "Requirements."

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233116-4 NONMETAL DUCTS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 132: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.

1. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.

2. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick.

3. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.

C. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull­out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

3.3 PAINTING

A. Paint interior of thermoset FRP and PVC ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized-steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting."

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform tests and inspections.

B. Leakage Tests:

1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit a test report for each test.

2. Test the following systems:

3.

100051538

a. Supply Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-lnch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections, selected by Architect from sections installed, totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class.

b. Return Ducts with a Pressure Class of 1-lnch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections, selected by Architect from sections installed, totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class.

c. Exhaust Ducts with a Pressure Class of 1-lnch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class.

d. Outdoor Air Ducts with a Pressure Class of 1-lnch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class.

Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage testing and for compliance with test requirements.

233116-5 NONMETAL DUCTS 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 133: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

4. Test for leaks before applying external insulation. 5. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system

or section being tested. If static-pressure classes are not indicated, test entire system at maximum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. Give seven days' advance notice for testing.

C. Duct System Cleanliness Tests:

1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present. 2. Test sections of nonmetal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for

cleanliness according to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of HVAC Systems."

a. Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm.

D. Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

E. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.5 DUCT CLEANING

A. Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Use service openings for entry and inspection.

1. Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static­pressure class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch duct as recommended by duct manufacturer. Comply with Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors.

2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process.

C. Particulate Collection and Odor Control:

1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles.

2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building.

D. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits:

1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling

supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233116-6 NONMETAL DUCTS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 134: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3. Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including m1x1ng box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains.

4. Coils and related components. 5. Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling

plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. 7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems.

E. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:

1. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure.

2. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of ducts or duct accessories.

3. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins.

4. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures. 5. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents if

fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris.

3.6 START UP

A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC."

3.7 DUCT SCHEDULE

A. Indoor Ducts and Fittings:

1. Thermoset FRP Round Ducts and Fittings:

a. Double-Wall Insulated Ducts: Minimum 1-inch insulation thickness.

B. Outdoor Ducts and Fittings:

1. Thermoset FRP Round Ducts and Fittings:

a. Double-Wall Insulated Ducts: Minimum 2-inch insulation thickness.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

233116-7 NONMETAL DUCTS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 135: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Backdraft and pressure relief dampers. 2. Barometric relief dampers. 3. Manual volume dampers. 4. Control dampers. 5. Flange connectors. 6. Turning vanes. 7. Remote damper operators. 8. Duct-mounted access doors. 9. Flexible connectors. 10. Flexible ducts. 11. Duct accessory hardware.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1. For duct silencers, include pressure drop and dynamic insertion loss data. Include breakout noise calculations for high transmission loss casings.

B. Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work.

1. Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following:

Special fittings. Manual volume damper installations. Control-damper installations.

a. b. C. d. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233300-1 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 136: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ASS EMBLY DESCRIPTION

A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."

B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Stainless-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304, and having a No. 2 finish for concealed ducts.

2.3 BACKDRAFT AND PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. American Warming and Ventilating; a Mestek Architectural Group company. 2. Cesco Products; a divsion ofMESTEK, Inc. 3. Flex-Tek Group. 4. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 5. Lloyd Industries, Inc. 6. Nailor Industries Inc. 7. NCA Manufacturing, Inc. 8. Pottorff. 9. Ruskin Company. 10. Vent Products Co., Inc.

B. Description: Gravity balanced.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233300-2 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 137: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

C. Maximum Air Velocity: 2000 fpm.

D. Maximum System Pressure: 1-inch wg.

E. Frame: Hat-shaped, 0.05-inch-thick stainless steel, with welded corners or mechanically attached and mounting flange.

F. Blades: Multiple single-piece blades, off-center pivoted, maximum 6-inch width, 0.025-inch-thick, roll-formed aluminum with sealed edges.

G. Blade Action: Parallel.

H. Blade Seals: Felt.

I. Blade Axles:

1. Material: Stainless steel. 2. Diameter: 0.20 inch.

J. Tie Bars and Brackets: Aluminum.

K. Return Spring: Adjustable tension.

L. Bearings: synthetic pivot bushings.

M. Accessories:

1. Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. 2. Counterweights and spring-assist kits for vertical airflow installations.

2.4 BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. American Warming and Ventilating; a Mestek Architectural Group company. 2. Cesco Products; a divsion ofMESTEK, Inc. 3. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 4. Lloyd Industries, Inc. 5. Nailor Industries Inc. 6. NCA Manufacturing, Inc. 7. Pottorff. 8. Ruskin Company. 9. Vent Products Co., Inc.

B. Suitable for horizontal or vertical mounting.

C. Maximum Air Velocity: 1000 fpm.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233300-3 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 138: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

D. Maximum System Pressure: 1-inch wg.

E. Frame: Hat-shaped, 0.05-inch-thick stainless steel, with welded corners or mechanically attached and mounting flange.

F. Blades:

1. Multiple, 0.025-inch-thick, roll-formed aluminum. 2. Maximum Width: 6 inches. 3. Action: Parallel. 4. Balance: Gravity. 5. Off-center pivoted.

G. Blade Seals: Vinyl.

H. Blade Axles: Stainless steel.

I. Tie Bars and Brackets:

1. Material: Aluminum. 2. Rattle free with 90-degree stop.

J. Return Spring: Adjustable tension.

K. Bearings: Synthetic.

L. Accessories:

1. Flange on intake. 2. Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressures.

2.5 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS

A. Standard, Aluminum, Manual Volume Dampers:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. American Warming and Ventilating; a Mestek Architectural Group company. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. Nailor Industries Inc. d. Pottorff. e. Ruskin Company. f. Trox USA Inc. g. Vent Products Co., Inc.

2. Standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream.

3. 100051538

Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications.

233300-4 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 139: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

4. Frames: Hat-shaped, 0.10-inch-thick, aluminum sheet channels; frames with flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts.

5. Blades:

a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel- or opposed-blade design. c. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Roll-Formed Aluminum Blades: 0.10-inch-thick aluminum sheet. e. Extruded-Aluminum Blades: 0.050-inch-thick extruded aluminum.

6. Blade Axles: Stainless steel. 7. Bearings:

a. Stainless-steel sleeve. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have

axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft.

8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Aluminum.

B. Jackshaft:

1. Size: 0.5-inch diameter. 2. Material: Galvanized-steel pipe rotating within pipe-bearing assembly mounted

on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple-damper assemblies. 3. Length and Number of Mountings: As required to connect linkage of each

damper in multiple-damper assembly.

C. Damper Hardware:

1. Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch-thick zinc­plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut.

2. Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size. 3. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting.

2.6 CONTROL DAMPERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Arrow United Industries. 2. Cesco Products; a divsion of MESTEK, Inc. 3. Flex-Tek Group. 4. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 5. McGill Airflow LLC. 6. Nailor Industries Inc. 7. Pottorff. 8. Ruskin Company. 9. Safe Air - Dowco Products.

100051538 233300-5 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 140: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

10. Young Regulator Company.

B. Low-leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and bearing AMCA's Certified Ratings Seal for both air performance and air leakage.

C. Frames:

1. Hat shaped. 2. 0.05-inch-thick stainless steel. 3. Mitered and welded corners.

D. Blades:

1. Multiple blade with maximum blade width of 6 inches. 2. Parallel-blade design. 3. Stainless steel. 4. 0.064 inch thick single skin or 0.0747-inch-thick dual skin. 5. Blade Edging: Closed-cell neoprene.

E. Blade Axles: 1/2-inch-diameter; stainless steel; blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel and brass; ends sealed against blade bearings.

1. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.

F. Bearings:

1. Stainless-steel sleeve. 2. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full

length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 3. Thrust bearings at each end of every blade.

2.7 FLANGE CONNECTORS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Nexus PDQ. 3. Ward Industries; a brand of Hart & Cooley, Inc.

B. Description: Add-on or roll-formed, factory-fabricated, slide-on transverse flange connectors, gaskets, and components.

C. Material: Aluminum or Stainless Steel.

D. Gage and Shape: Match connecting ductwork.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233300-6 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 141: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2.8 TURNING VANES

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. METALAIRE, Inc. 4. Ward Industries; a brand of Hart & Cooley, Inc.

B. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Nonmetal Ducts: Fabricate curved blades of resin­bonded fiberglass with acrylic polymer coating; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting.

C. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible"; Figures 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."

D. Vane Construction: Single wall for ducts up to 48 inches wide and double wall for larger dimensions.

2.9 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Aire Technologies. 2. Cesco Products; a divsion ofMESTEK, Inc. 3. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 4. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 5. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 6. Nailor Industries Inc.

B. Duct-Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 7-2, "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and 7-3, "Access Doors - Round Duct."

1. Door:

a. b.

C. d. e.

Double wall, rectangular. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. Vision panel. Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inchbutt or piano hinge and cam latches. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.

2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets. 3. Number of Hinges and Locks:

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233300-7 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 142: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

a. Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches Square: No hinges and two sash locks. b. Access Doors up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks. c. Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches: Three hinges and two compression

latches with outside and inside handles.

2.10 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. Ventfabrics, Inc. 4. Ward Industries; a brand of Hart & Cooley, Inc.

B. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics.

C. Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1.

D. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-1/2 inches wide attached to two strips of 2-3/4-inch-wide, 0.028-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch-thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts.

E. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene.

1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd .. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp and 360 lbf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.

F. Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone.

1. Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd .. 2. Tensile Strength: 530 lbf/inch in the warp and 440 lbf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F.

G. High-Corrosive-Environment System, Flexible Connectors: Glass fabric with chemical­resistant coating.

1. Minimum Weight: 14 oz./sq. yd .. 2. Tensile Strength: 450 lbf/inch in the warp and 340 lbf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 67 to plus 500 deg F.

H. Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in compression, and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to fan discharge and duct.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233300-8 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 143: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency.

2. Outdoor Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load.

3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without

deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4-inch

movement at start and stop.

2.11 FLEXIBLE DUCTS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 2. JP Lamborn Co. 3. McGill AirFlow LLC. 4. Thermaflex; a Flex-Tek Group company. 5. Ward Industries; a brand of Hart & Cooley, Inc.

B. Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, 2-ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring-steel wire; fibrous-glass insulation; polyethylene vapor-barrier film.

1. Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F. 4. Insulation R-value: Comply with ASHRAE/1 ESNA 90.1.

C. Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, black polymer film supported by helically wound, spring-steel wire; fibrous-glass insulation; polyethylene vapor-barrier film.

1. Pressure Rating: 4-inch wg positive and 0.5-inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 175 deg F. 4. Insulation R-Value: Comply with ASH RAE/I ESNA 90.1.

D. Flexible Duct Connectors:

1. Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm-gear action in sizes 3 through 18 inches, to suit duct size.

2. Non-Clamp Connectors: Adhesive.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233300-9 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 144: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2.12 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE

A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct-insulation thickness.

B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts.

B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts.

C. Install backdraft dampers at inlet of exhaust fans or exhaust ducts as close as possible to exhaust fan unless otherwise indicated.

D. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel.

1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. 2. Install aluminum volume dampers in aluminum ducts.

E. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing.

F. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated.

G. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8.

100051538

On both sides of duct coils. Upstream and downstream from duct filters. At outdoor-air intakes and mixed-air plenums. At drain pans and seals. Downstream from manual volume dampers, control dampers, backdraft dampers, and equipment. At each change in direction and at maximum 50-foot spacing. Upstream and downstream from turning vanes. Upstream or downstream from duct silencers.

233300-10 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 145: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

9. Control devices requiring inspection. 10. Elsewhere as indicated.

H. Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure.

I. Access Door Sizes:

1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches. 2. Two-Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches.

J. Label access doors according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" to indicate the purpose of access door.

K. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment.

L. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to ducts directly or with maximum 60-inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place.

M. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with liquid adhesive plus tape.

N. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes.

0. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement during start and stop of fans.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Tests and Inspections:

1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be

performed. 3. Operate fire, smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers to verify full range

of movement and verify that proper heat-response device is installed. 4. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. 5. Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of operator

and damper.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

233300-11 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 146: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

SECTION 233423 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Centrifugal roof ventilators. 2. HVLS Propeller fans.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Project Altitude: Base fan-performance ratings on sea level.

B. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Also include the following:

1. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. 2. Certified fan sound-power ratings. 3. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical accessories. 4. Material thickness and finishes, including color charts. 5. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators. 6. Roof curbs. 7. Fan speed controllers.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233423-1 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 147: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For unit hangars and supports indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

1. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting.

2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and for designing vibration isolation bases.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Field quality-control reports.

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For power ventilators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Belts: One set(s) for each belt-driven unit.

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. AMCA Compliance: Fans shall have AMCA-Certified performance ratings and shall bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.

C. UL Standards: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705.

1.9 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate size and location of structural-steel support members.

B. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.

C. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided.

100051538 233423-2 HVAC POWER 122081 MDC Fish America VENTILATORS Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 148: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Acme Engineering & Manufacturing Corp. 2. Aerovent; a division of Twin City Fan Companies, Ltd. 3. Carnes Company. 4. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 5. Loren Cook Company. 6. PennBarry.

B. Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; square, one-piece, aluminum base with venturi inlet cone.

1. Upblast Units: Provide spun-aluminum discharge baffle to direct discharge air upward, with rain and snow drains.

2. Hinged Subbase: Galvanized-steel hinged arrangement permitting service and maintenance.

C. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.

D. Belt Drives:

1. Resiliently mounted to housing. 2. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub. 3. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self-aligning ball

bearings. 4. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley. 5. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream.

E. Accessories:

1. Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 to less than 50 percent.

2. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal-overload protection mounted inside fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit.

3. Bird Screens: Removable, 1/2-inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire. 4. Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb

base; factory set to close when fan stops.

F. Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2-inch-thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-1/2-inch wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base.

1. Configuration: Self-flashing without a cant strip, with mounting flange. 2. Overall Height: 12 inches.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233423-3 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 149: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3. Sound Curb: Curb with sound-absorbing insulation. 4. Pitch Mounting: Manufacture curb for roof slope. 5. Metal Liner: Galvanized steel.

2.2 HVLS PROPELLER FANS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Big Ass Fan 2. Macro Air 3. Entre Matic.

B. General: Heavy-duty high-volume low-speed industrial ceiling mounted fan. The fans shall be furnished with standard mounting hardware and variable speed control to provide cooling and de-stratification.

C. Airfoils: Extruded aluminum alloy connected to the hub by means of (2) high strength locking bolts.

D. Motor: The motor shall be an AC induction type inverter. The motor shall be totally enclosed, fan cooled (TEFC) with an IP56. A B5 standard frame shall be provided for ease of service. The motor shall be manufactured with a double backed Class F insulation and be capable of continuous operation in -30°F to 122°F ambient conditions. Motor frame and mount shall be constructed of steel and powder coated for corrosion resistance and appearance.

E. Fan Drive: Fan gearbox shall be a helical gear reducer, prec1s1on finished from hardened steel for low noise and long service life with double lip seals to retain oil and prevent contamination. The gearbox shall be lubricated for life.

F. Fan Drive: The fan controller shall be a NEMA 4X variable frequency drive (VFD) that is factory programmed to minimize starting and braking torques. The VFD shall have touchpad controls and an LED display for controlling the fan's direction, operation, speed and programming. The VFD may be equipped with an EMI/RFI filter to limit interference with other electronic equipment. The VFD shall be equipped with a disconnect switch.

2.3 MOTORS

A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment."

1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.

B. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. 100051538 233423-4 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

HVAC POWER VENTILATORS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 150: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Certify sound-power level ratings according to AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.

B. Certify fan performance ratings, including flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install power ventilators level and plumb.

B. Equipment Mounting:

1. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic control devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."

C. Secure roof-mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware. See Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs.

D. Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure. Units shall be installed by a factory­certified installer according to the manufacturer's Installation Guide.

E. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance.

F. Label units according to requirements specified in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

3.2 CONNECTIONS

A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."

B. Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance.

C. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

D. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

100051538 233423-5 HVAC POWER 122081 MDC Fish America VENTILATORS Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 151: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform tests and inspections.

1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing.

B. Tests and Inspections:

1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that

connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches.

3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify

fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards.

5. Adjust belt tension. 6. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 7. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. 8. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in

connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. 9. Disable automatic temperature-control operators, energize motor and adjust fan

to indicated rpm, and measure and record motor voltage and amperage. 10. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators. 11. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

C. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.4 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.

B. Adjust belt tension.

C. Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures.

D. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow.

E. Lubricate bearings.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION 233423 233423-6 HVAC POWER

VENTILATORS 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 152: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

SECTION 233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Rectangular and square ceiling diffusers. 2. Louver face diffusers. 3. Drum louvers. 4. Continuous tubular diffusers.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 089100 "Louvers" for fixed and hurricane rated louvers and wall vents, whether or not they are connected to ducts.

2. Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volume­control dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following:

1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings.

2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CEILING DIFFUSERS

A. Round Ceiling Diffuser:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233713-1 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 153: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

a. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. b. Carnes Company. c. Hart & Cooley Inc. d. MET ALAIRE, Inc. e. Nailor Industries Inc. f. Price Industries. g. Titus.

2. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows. 3. Material: Aluminum. 4. Finish: Baked enamel, white. 5. Face Style: Four cone. 6. Mounting: Duct connection. 7. Pattern: Fully adjustable. 8. Dampers: Radial opposed blade.

B. Rectangular and Square Ceiling Diffusers:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. b. Carnes Company. c. Hart & Cooley Inc. d. Krueger. e. MET ALAIRE, Inc. f. Nailor Industries Inc. g. Price Industries. h. Raymon-Donco. 1. Titus. j. Tuttle & Bailey.

2. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows. 3. Material: Aluminum. 4. Finish: Baked enamel, white. 5. Face Size: 24 by 24 inches. 6. Face Style: Four cone. 7. Mounting: T-bar. 8. Pattern: Fixed. 9. Dampers: Radial opposed blade.

2.2 HIGH-CAPACITY DIFFUSERS

A. Nozzle Diffuser:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233713-2 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 154: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

a. Krueger. b. Nailor Industries Inc. c. Price Industries. d. Titus.

2. Airflow Principle: Extended distance for high airflow rates. 3. Material: Aluminum, heavy gage extruded. 4. Finish: White baked acrylic. 5. Border: 1-1/4-inch width with countersunk screw holes. 6. Body: Round Nozzle adjustable within ring to 38°. 7. Mounting: Surface to wall. 8. Accessories:

a. Opposed-blade steel damper. b. Duct-mounting collars with countersunk screw holes.

2.3 REGISTERS AND GRILLES

A. Fixed Face Grille:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. b. Carnes Company. c. Hart & Cooley Inc. d. Krueger. e. Nailor Industries Inc. f. Price Industries. g. Titus.

2. Material: Aluminum.

3. Finish: Baked enamel, white. 4. Face Arrangement: 1/2-by-1/2-by-1/2-inch grid core. 5. Core Construction: Integral. 6. Frame: 1-1/4 inches wide. 7. Mounting: Countersunk screw.

2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASH RAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

233713-3 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 155: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb.

B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location.

C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.

3.3 ADJUSTING

A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION 233713

233713-4 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 156: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 1 - GENERAL

SECTION 237 433 DEDICATED OUTDOOR-AIR UNITS

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes factory-packaged units capable of supplying 100 percent outdoor air.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories.

1. Product Data: For solvent cements and adhesive primers, documentation including printed statement of VOC content.

2. Laboratory Test Reports: For solvent cements and adhesive primers, documentation indicating that products comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small­Scale Environmental Chambers."

3. Product Data: Documentation indicating that units include MERV 13 filters rated according to ASHRAE 52.2.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads,

required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For design of vibration isolation and wind restraints, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

1. Unit fabrication and assembly details. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and

attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting.

3. Design Calculations: 100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

237433-1 DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 157: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

a. Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and wind restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases.

b. Indicate compliance with "Performance Requirements" article.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Startup service reports.

B. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Fan Belts: One set for each belt-driven fan. 2. Filters: One set for each unit.

1. 7 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to replace components of units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period for Heat Exchangers: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment," and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start­up."

B. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, to design vibration isolation and wind restraints.

C. Wind-Restraint Performance:

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

237433-2 DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 158: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1. Basic Wind Speed: 147 MPH. 2. Building Classification Category: II. 3. Minimum 10 lb/sq. ft multiplied by the maximum area of unit projected on a

vertical plane that is normal to the wind direction and 45 degrees either side of normal.

D. Cabinet Thermal Performance:

1. Maximum Overall U-Value: Comply with requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. 2. Include effects of metal-to-metal contact and thermal bridges in the calculations.

E. Cabinet Surface Condensation:

1. Cabinet shall have additional insulation and vapor seals if required to prevent condensation on the interior and exterior of the cabinet.

F. Maximum Cabinet Leakage: 1 percent of the total supply-air flow at a pressure rating equal to the fan shut-off pressure.

G. Cabinet Deflection Performance:

1. Walls and roof deflection shall be within 1/200 of the span at the design working pressure equal to the fan shut-off pressure. Deflection limits shall be measured at any point on the surface.

2. Floor deflections shall be within 1/300 of the span considering the worst-case condition caused by the following:

a. Service personnel. b. Internal components. c. Design working pressure defined for the walls and roof.

H. Electrical components, devices, and accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

2.2 CABINET

A. Construction: double wall.

B. Exterior Casing Material: Heavy gauge G90 galvanized steel with finish that will meet a 4000 hour salt spray rating under ASTM B 117 testing conditions or stainless steel.

C. Interior Casing Material: Heavy gauge G90 galvanized steel with finish that will meet a 4000 hour salt spray rating under ASTM B 117 testing conditions or stainless steel.

D. Lifting and Handling Provisions: Factory-installed shipping skids and lifting lugs.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

237433-3 DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 159: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

E. Base Rails: Heavy gauge G90 galvanized steel with finish that will meet a 4000 hour salt spray rating under ASTM B 117 testing conditions or stainless steel rails for mounting on pad as indicated.

F. Access for Inspection, Cleaning, and Maintenance: Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1.

1. Service Doors: Hinged access doors with gaskets. Material and construction of doors shall match material and construction of cabinet in which doors are installed.

G. Roof: Standing seam or membrane; sloped to drain water.

H. Floor: Reinforced, metal surface; reinforced to limit deflection when walked on by service personnel. Insulation shall be below metal walking surface.

I. Cabinet Insulation:

1. Type: Fibrous-glass duct lining complying with ASTM C 1071, Type 11 or flexible elastomeric insulation complying with ASTM C 534, Type II, sheet materials.

2. Thickness: 1 inch. 3. Insulation Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I. 4. Mechanical Fasteners: Suitable for adhesive, mechanical, or welding attachment

to casing without damaging liner and without causing air leakage when applied as recommended by manufacturer.

J. Surfaces in Contact with Airstream: Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1 for resistance to mold and erosion.

2.3 SUPPLY FAN

A. Plenum Fan Type: Single width, non-overloading, with backward-inclined or airfoil blades.

1. Fan Wheel Material: Aluminum; attached directly to motor shaft. 2. Fan Wheel Drive and Arrangement: Direct drive, AMCA Arrangement 4. 3. Fan panel and frame Material: Powder-coated steel, stainless steel, or aluminum. 4. Fan Enclosure: Easily removable enclosure around rotating parts. 5. Fan Balance: Precision balance fan below 0.08 inch/sat design speed with filter

in.

B. Service Factor for Belt Drive Applications: V-belt drive with matching fan pulley and adjustable motor sheaves and belt assembly with minimum 1.5 service factor.

C. Motors:

1. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment."

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

237433-4 DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 160: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2. Enclosure: Totally enclosed. 3. Enclosure Materials: Cast aluminum. 4. Unusual Service Conditions:

a. High humidity.

b. Salt atmosphere

5. Efficiency: Premium efficient. 6. Service Factor: 1.15.

D. Mounting: Fan wheel, motor, and drives shall be mounted to fan casing with elastomeric or spring isolators.

2.4 ELECTRIC-FIRED HEATING

A. Assembly:

1. Factory assembled and wired. 2. Comply with requirements in NEC.

B. Controls:

1. Electric heaters shall be controlled by SCR controls.

2.5 OUTDOOR-AIR INTAKE HOOD

A. Type: Manufacturer's standard hood or louver.

B. Materials: Match cabinet.

C. Bird Screen: Comply with requirements in ASH RAE 62.1.

D. Configuration: Designed to inhibit wind-driven rain and snow from entering unit.

2.6 FILTERS

A. Extended-Surface, Disposable Panel Filters:

1. Comply with NFPA 90A. 2. Factory-fabricated, dry, extended-surface type. 3. Thickness: 2 inches. 4. Recommended Final Resistance: 0.75 inches wg. 5. Minimum Arrestance: 90, according to ASHRAE 52.1. 6. Minimum Merv: 7, according to ASHRAE 52.2. 7. Media: Fibrous material formed into deep-V-shaped pleats and held by self­

supporting wire grid.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

237433-5 DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 161: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

B. Mounting Frames:

1. Panel filters arranged for flat or angular orientation, with access doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side or from access plenum.

2. Extended surface filters arranged for flat orientation, removable from access plenum.

3. Heavy gauge G90 galvanized steel with Hi-Pro Polyester finish with a 4000 hour salt spray rating under ASTM B 117 testing conditions or stainless steel with gaskets and fasteners, suitable for bolting together into built-up filter banks.

2.7 ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTIONS

A. General Electrical Power Connection Requirements: Factory-installed and -wired switches, motor controllers, transformers, and other necessary electrical devices shall provide a single-point field power connection to unit.

B. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 3R, mounted in unit with hinged access door in unit cabinet having a lock and key or padlock and key,

C. Wiring: Numbered and color-coded to match wiring diagram.

D. Wiring Location: Install factory wiring outside an enclosure in a raceway.

E. Power Interface: Field power interface shall be to wire lugs.

F. Factory Wiring: Branch power circuit to each motor and to controls with one of the following disconnecting means:

1. NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, fusible switch with rejection-type fuse clips rated for fuses. Select and size fuses to provide Type 2 protection according to IEC 60947-4-1.

2. NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, nonfusible switch. 3. UL 489, motor-circuit protector (circuit breaker) with field-adjustable, short-circuit

trip coordinated with motor locked-rotor amperes.

G. Factory-Mounted, Overcurrent-Protection Service: For each motor.

H. Transformer: Factory mounted with primary and secondary fuses and sized with enough capacity to operate electrical load plus spare capacity.

I. Controls: Factory wire unit-mounted controls where indicated.

J. Lights: Factory wire unit-mounted lights.

K. Receptacle: Factory wire unit-mounted, ground fault interrupt (GFI) duplex receptacle.

L. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

237433-6 DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 162: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2.8 CONTROLS

A. Control Wiring: Factory wire connection for controls' power supply.

B. Control Devices: Sensors, transmitters, relays, switches, detectors, operators, and actuators shall be manufacturer's standard items to accomplish indicated control functions.

C. Unit-Mounted Status Panel:

1. Off /Heating Controls: Control operational mode. 2. Damper Position: Indicate position of outdoor-air dampers in terms of percentage

of outdoor air. 3. Status Lights:

a. Filter dirty. b. Fan operating. c. Heating operating. d. General alarm.

4. Digital Numeric Display:

a. Outdoor dry-bulb temperature. b. Space temperature. c. Supply temperature.

D. Control Dampers:

1. Damper Location: Factory installed inside unit for ease of blade axle and bushing service. Arrange dampers located in a mixing box to achieve convergent airflow to minimize stratification.

2. Damper Leakage: Comply with requirements in AMCA 500-D. Leakage shall not exceed 6.5 cfm per sq. ft. at a static-pressure differential of 4.0 inches water column when a torque of 5 inch pounds per sq. ft. is applied to the damper jackshaft.

3. Damper Rating: Rated for close-off pressure equal to the fan shutoff pressure. 4. Damper Label: Bear the AMCA seal for both air leakage and performance. 5. Blade Configuration: Unless otherwise indicated, use parallel blade configuration

for two-position control and equipment isolation service and use modulating control when mixing two airstreams. For other applications, use an opposed­blade configuration.

6. Damper Frame Material: stainless steel. 7. Blade Type: Single-thickness metal reinforced with multiple V-grooves. 8. Blade Material: stainless steel. 9. Maximum Blade Width: 6 inches. 10. Maximum Blade Length: 48 inches. 11. Blade Seals: Replaceable, continuous perimeter vinyl seals and jambs with

stainless-steel compression-type seals. 12. Bearings: Thrust bearings for vertical blade axles.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

237433-7 DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 163: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

E. Damper Operators:

1. Factory-installed electric operator for each damper assembly with one operator for each damper assembly mounted to the damper frame.

2. Operator capable of shutoff against fan pressure and able to operate the damper with sufficient reserve power to achieve smooth modulating action and proper speed of response at the velocity and pressure conditions to which the damper is subjected.

3. Maximum Operating Time: Open or close damper 90 degrees in 60 seconds. 4. Adjustable Stops: For both maximum and minimum positions. 5. Position Indicator and Graduated Scale: Factory installed on each actuator with

words "OPEN" and "CLOSED," or similar identification, at travel limits. 6. Spring-return operator to fail-safe; either closed or open as required by

application. 7. Operator Type: Direct coupled, designed for minimum 60,000 full-stroke cycles at

rated torque. 8. Position feedback Signal: For remote monitoring of damper position. 9. Coupling: V-bolt and V-shaped, toothed cradle. 10. Circuitry: Electronic overload or digital rotation-sensing circuitry.

F. Electric Heater Controls:

1. Factory-mounted sensor in supply outlet with sensor adjustment located in control panel to modulate electric heat to maintain discharge air temperature.

2.9 ACCESSORIES

A. Service Lights and Switch: Factory installed in fan and filter sections with weatherproof cover. Factory wire lights to a single-point field connection.

B. Duplex Receptacle: Factory mounted in unit supply-fan section, with 20 amp 120 V GFI duplex receptacle and weatherproof cover.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Examine roughing-in for ducts and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment installation.

C. Examine equipment supports for suitable conditions where units will be installed.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 100051538 237433-8 DEDICATED OUTDOOR 122081 MDC Fish America AIR UNITS Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 164: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading units and moving to final locations.

B. Equipment Mounting:

1. Install air units on cast-in-place concrete equipment bases. 2. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in

Section 230548.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC."

C. Install duct-mounted sensors furnished by manufacturer for field installation. Install control wiring and make final connections to control devices and unit control panel.

D. Install separate devices furnished by manufacturer and not factory installed.

E. Install new filters at completion of equipment installation and before testing, adjusting, and balancing.

3.3 CONNECTIONS

A. Duct Connections:

1. Comply with requirements in Section 233116 "Non-Metal Ducts." 2. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. 3. Connect ducts to units with flexible duct connectors. Comply with requirements

for flexible duct connectors in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."

B. Electrical Connections: Comply with requirements for power wiring, switches, and motor controls in electrical Sections.

1. Install electrical devices furnished by unit manufacturer but not factory mounted.

3.4 STARTUP SERVICE

A. Perform startup service.

1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.

2. Verify operation of remote panel including operation and failure modes. Inspect the following:

3. 4. 5.

100051538

a. Alarms.

Inspect casing insulation for integrity, moisture content, and adhesion. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing. Verify that controls are connected and operable.

237433-9 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 165: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

6. Verify that filters are installed. 7. Inspect operation of power vents. 8. Inspect and adjust vibration isolators and seismic restraints. 9. Verify bearing lubrication. 10. Clean fans and inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction

without vibration and binding. 11. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension. 12. Start unit. 13. Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices including

response to smoke detectors by fan controls and fire alarm. 14. Operate unit for run-in period. 15. Calibrate controls. 16. Inspect outdoor-air dampers for proper stroke. 17. Verify operational sequence of controls. 18. Measure and record the following airflows. Plot fan volumes on fan curve.

a. Supply-air volume. b. Outdoor-air flow.

B. After startup, change filters, verify bearing lubrication, and adjust belt tension.

C. Remove and replace components that do not properly operate and repeat startup procedures as specified above.

D. Prepare written report of the results of startup services.

3.5 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust initial temperature.

B. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.

C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions.

3.6 DEMONSTRATION

A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

END OF SECTION

237433-10 DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 166: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 1 - GENERAL

SECTION 238126 SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including TPWD Uniform General Conditions and Section 01000 - Special Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes split-system air-conditioning and heat-pump units consisting of separate evaporator-fan and compressor-condenser components.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Include performance data in terms of capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Field quality-control reports.

B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For split-system air-conditioning units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

238126-1 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 167: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Filters: One set(s) for each air-handling unit. 2. Gaskets: One set(s) for each access door. 3. Fan Belts: One set(s) for each air-handling unit fan.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. ASHRAE Compliance:

1. Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems."

2. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 4 -"Outdoor Air Quality," Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment," Section 6 " Procedures," and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up."

C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of split-system air-conditioning units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period:

a. For Compressor: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. b. For Parts: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. c. For Labor: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

238126-2 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 168: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INDOOR UNITS

A Floor-Mounted, Evaporator-Fan Components:

1. Cabinet: Enameled steel with removable panels on front and ends in color selected by Architect.

a. Insulation: Faced, glass-fiber duct liner. b. Drain Pans: Galvanized steel, with connection for drain; insulated.

2. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and thermal-expansion valve. Comply with ARI 206/110.

3. Fan: Direct drive or belt drive, centrifugal. 4. Fan Motors:

a. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment."

b. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication.

5. Air Filtration Section:

100051538

a. General Requirements for Air Filtration Section:

1) Comply with NFPA 90A. 2) Minimum Arrestance: According to ASHRAE 52.1 and MERV

according to ASHRAE 52.2. 3) Filter-Holding Frames: Arranged for flat or angular orientation, with

access doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side or lifted out from access plenum.

b. Extended-Surface, Disposable Panel Filters:

1) Factory-fabricated, dry, extended-surface type. 2) Thickness: 1 inch. 3) Arrestance according to ASH RAE 52.1: 90. 4) Merv according to ASHRAE 52.2: 7. 5) Media: Fibrous material formed into deep-V-shaped pleats and held

by self-supporting wire grid. 6) Media-Grid Frame: Galvanized steel. 7) Mounting Frames: Welded, galvanized steel, with gaskets and

fasteners; suitable for bolting together into built-up filter banks.

238126-3 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 169: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

2.2 OUTDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LESS)

A. Air-Cooled, Compressor-Condenser Components:

1. Casing: Steel, finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing.

2. Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration isolation device. Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current­sensitive overload devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor.

a. Compressor Type: Scroll. b. Refrigerant Charge: R-41 OA. c. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins

and liquid subcooler. Comply with ARI 206/110. 3. Fan: Aluminum-propeller type, directly connected to motor. 4. Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal-overload protection. 5. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F. 6. Mounting Base: Polyethylene.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Thermostat: Wireless infrared functioning to remotely control compressor and evaporator fan, with the following features:

1. Compressor time delay. 2. 24-hour time control of system stop and start. 3. Liquid-crystal display indicating temperature, set-point temperature, time setting,

operating mode, and fan speed. 4. Fan-speed selection including auto setting.

B. Automatic-reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor.

C. Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft-annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried, pressurized, and sealed; factory-insulated suction line with flared fittings at both ends.

D. Drain Hose: For condensate.

2.4 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS

A. See schedule on drawings

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

238126-4 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17

Page 170: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install units level and plumb.

B. Install evaporator-fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices securely fastened to building structure.

C. Equipment Mounting:

1. Install ground-mounted, compressor-condenser components on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s).

2. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 230548.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC."

D. Install and connect precharged refrigerant tubing to component's quick-connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit.

3.2 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Where piping is installed adjacent to unit, allow space for service and maintenance of unit.

C. Duct Connections: Duct installation requirements are specified in Section 233116 "Non-Metal Ducts." Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. Connect supply and return ducts to split-system air-conditioning units with flexible duct connectors. Flexible duct connectors are specified in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform tests and inspections.

B. Tests and Inspections:

1. Leak Test After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.

2. Operational Test After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation.

3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

100051538 238126-5 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR 122081 MDC Fish America CONDITIONERS Building Replacement 100% Construction Documents

Issued 04-28-17

Page 171: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 …barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/fish-america-div-23-.pdf · COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.4 STARTUP SERVICE

A. Perform startup service.

1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.5 DEMONSTRATION

A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units.

END OF SECTION 238126

100051538 122081 MDC Fish America Building Replacement

238126-6 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS

100% Construction Documents Issued 04-28-17